HQU-gxy/STM32WLE5-demo
7
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

first

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
StarLee1
2025-03-19 11:06:57 +08:00
commit 49f5db3a10
1343 changed files with 599230 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

830
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,830 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL module driver.
* This is the common part of the HAL initialization
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
[..]
The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
(+) Common HAL APIs
(+) Services HAL APIs
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL
* @brief HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief STM32WLxx HAL Driver version number
*/
#define __STM32WLxx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
#define __STM32WLxx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x02U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
#define __STM32WLxx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x00U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
#define __STM32WLxx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
#define __STM32WLxx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32WLxx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\
|(__STM32WLxx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
|(__STM32WLxx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U )\
|(__STM32WLxx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
#define VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10U /* 10 ms */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Variables HAL Exported Variables
* @{
*/
__IO uint32_t uwTick;
uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid PRIO */
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief HAL Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial time base
clock configuration.
(+) De-initialize common part of the HAL.
(+) Configure the time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
Tick interrupt priority.
(++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
handled in milliseconds basis.
(++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
(++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
ISR process will be blocked.
(++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first
* instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other
* HAL function), it performs the following:
* Configure the Flash prefetch, instruction and Data caches.
* Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond,
* which is clocked by the MSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet
* configured and thus the system is running from the internal MSI at 4 MHz).
* Set NVIC Group Priority to 4.
* Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file
* "stm32wlxx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization
*
* @note SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application
* need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond
* to have correct HAL operation.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache */
/* Default configuration at reset is: */
/* - Prefetch disabled */
/* - Instruction cache enabled */
/* - Data cache enabled */
#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE == 0U)
__HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
#else
#if (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE == 0U)
__HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
#endif /* DATA_CACHE_ENABLE */
#endif
#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0U)
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
#else
/* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
#endif
/* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetHCLK2Freq();
#else
SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq();
#endif
/* Use SysTick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is MSI) */
if (HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY) != HAL_OK)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspInit();
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the source of time base.
* @note This function is optional.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
{
/* Reset of all peripherals */
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB3_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB3_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET();
/* De-Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspDeInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief This function configures the source of the time base:
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
* Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
* The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
* than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
* The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementation in user file.
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that don't take the value zero)*/
if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
{
/*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLK2Freq() / (1000U / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) == 0U)
#else
if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() / (1000U / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) == 0U)
#endif
{
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief HAL Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
(+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
(+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
(+) Resume the time base source interrupt
(+) Get the HAL API driver version
(+) Get the device revision identifier
(+) Get the device identifier
(+) Get the unique device identifier
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
* used as application time base.
* @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
* in SysTick ISR.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
{
uwTick += (uint32_t)uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval tick value
*/
__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
{
return uwTick;
}
/**
* @brief This function returns a tick priority.
* @retval tick priority
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
{
return uwTickPrio;
}
/**
* @brief Set new tick Freq.
* @retval Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef prevTickFreq;
assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq));
if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
{
/* Back up uwTickFreq frequency */
prevTickFreq = uwTickFreq;
/* Update uwTickFreq global variable used by HAL_InitTick() */
uwTickFreq = Freq;
/* Apply the new tick Freq */
status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
/* Restore previous tick frequency */
uwTickFreq = prevTickFreq;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return tick frequency.
* @retval tick period in Hz
*/
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
{
return uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based
* on variable incremented.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
* is incremented.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
{
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
uint32_t wait = Delay;
/* Add a freq to guarantee minimum wait */
if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq);
}
while ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
{
}
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
* is suspended.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL, SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
* is resumed.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL, SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the HAL revision
* @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
{
return __STM32WLxx_HAL_VERSION;
}
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
#else
/**
* @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
* @retval Device revision identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
{
return (LL_DBGMCU_GetRevisionID());
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device identifier.
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
{
return (LL_DBGMCU_GetDeviceID());
}
#endif
/**
* @brief Return the first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
{
return (READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
}
/**
* @brief Return the second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
{
return (READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
}
/**
* @brief Return the third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
{
return (READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @brief HAL Debug functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Debug functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
#else
/**
* @brief Enable the CPU1 Debug Module during SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
LL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode();
}
/**
* @brief Disable the CPU1 Debug Module during SLEEP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
LL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode();
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
* @note This functionality does not influence CPU2 operation, CPU2 cannot be debugged
* in Stop mode even when this bit is enabled
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
{
LL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode();
}
/**
* @brief Disable the CPU1 Debug Module during STOP mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
{
LL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode();
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* @note This functionality does not influence CPU2 operation, CPU2 cannot be debugged
* in Standby mode even when this bit is enabled
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
LL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode();
}
/**
* @brief Disable the CPU1 Debug Module during STANDBY mode
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
LL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode();
}
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group4 HAL System Configuration functions
* @brief HAL System Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL system configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start a hardware SRAM2 erase operation
(+) Configure the Voltage reference buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the Voltage reference buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Start a hardware SRAM2 erase operation.
* @note As long as SRAM2 is not erased the SRAM2ER bit will be set.
* This bit is automatically reset at the end of the SRAM2 erase operation.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_SRAM2Erase(void)
{
/* unlock the write protection of the SRAM2ER bit */
__HAL_SYSCFG_SRAM2_WRP_UNLOCK();
/* Starts a hardware SRAM2 erase operation*/
__HAL_SYSCFG_SRAM2_ERASE();
}
/**
* @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer voltage scale.
* @param VoltageScaling specifies the output voltage to achieve
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE0 : VREF_OUT1 around 2.048 V.
* This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.4 V.
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE1 : VREF_OUT1 around 2.5 V.
* This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.8 V.
* @note Retrieve the TrimmingValue from factory located at
* VREFBUF_SC0_CAL_ADDR or VREFBUF_SC1_CAL_ADDR addresses.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
{
uint32_t TrimmingValue;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE(VoltageScaling));
LL_VREFBUF_SetVoltageScaling(VoltageScaling);
/* Restrieve Calibration data and store them into trimming field */
if (VoltageScaling == SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE0)
{
TrimmingValue = ((uint32_t) *VREFBUF_SC0_CAL_ADDR) & 0x3FU;
}
else
{
TrimmingValue = ((uint32_t) *VREFBUF_SC1_CAL_ADDR) & 0x3FU;
}
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TRIMMING(TrimmingValue));
HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TrimmingConfig(TrimmingValue);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer high impedance mode.
* @param Mode specifies the high impedance mode
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_DISABLE : VREF+ pin is internally connect to VREFINT output.
* @arg @ref SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_ENABLE : VREF+ pin is high impedance.
* @retval HAL_OK/HAL_TIMEOUT
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HighImpedanceConfig(uint32_t Mode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE(Mode));
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_HIZ, Mode);
}
/**
* @brief Tune the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
* @note Each VrefBuf voltage scale is calibrated in production for each device,
* data stored in flash memory.
* Function @ref HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VoltageScalingConfig retrieves and
* applies this calibration data as trimming value at each scale change.
* Therefore, optionally, function @ref HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TrimmingConfig
* can be used in a second time to fine tune the trimming.
* @param TrimmingValue specifies trimming code for VREFBUF calibration
* This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x3F
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TrimmingConfig(uint32_t TrimmingValue)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TRIMMING(TrimmingValue));
LL_VREFBUF_SetTrimming(TrimmingValue);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
* @retval HAL_OK/HAL_TIMEOUT
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFBUF(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
LL_VREFBUF_Enable();
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for VRR bit */
while (READ_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRR) == 0U)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFBUF(void)
{
LL_VREFBUF_Disable();
}
/**
* @brief Enable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
{
LL_SYSCFG_EnableAnalogBooster();
}
/**
* @brief Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
{
LL_SYSCFG_DisableAnalogBooster();
}
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
/**
* @brief Enable Additional Interrupt Mask
* @note This interface is an additional interrupt masking interface
* up to the EXTI interface
* @param Interrupt Pointer to a SYSCFG_InterruptTypeDef structure that contains
* the Interrupt Mask configuration
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableIT(SYSCFG_InterruptTypeDef *Interrupt)
{
uint32_t InterruptMask1 = (Interrupt->InterruptMask1 & ~HAL_SYSCFG_GRP1_RESERVED);
uint32_t InterruptMask2 = (Interrupt->InterruptMask2 & ~HAL_SYSCFG_GRP2_RESERVED);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_IM_GRP1(Interrupt->InterruptMask1));
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_IM_GRP2(Interrupt->InterruptMask2));
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
LL_C2_SYSCFG_GRP1_EnableIT(InterruptMask1);
LL_C2_SYSCFG_GRP2_EnableIT(InterruptMask2);
#else
LL_SYSCFG_GRP1_EnableIT(InterruptMask1);
LL_SYSCFG_GRP2_EnableIT(InterruptMask2);
#endif
}
/**
* @brief Disable Additional Interrupt Mask
* @note This interface is an additional interrupt masking interface
* up to the EXTI interface
* @param Interrupt Pointer to a SYSCFG_InterruptTypeDef structure that contains
* the Interrupt Mask configuration
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableIT(SYSCFG_InterruptTypeDef *Interrupt)
{
uint32_t InterruptMask1 = (Interrupt->InterruptMask1 & ~HAL_SYSCFG_GRP1_RESERVED);
uint32_t InterruptMask2 = (Interrupt->InterruptMask2 & ~HAL_SYSCFG_GRP2_RESERVED);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_IM_GRP1(Interrupt->InterruptMask1));
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_IM_GRP2(Interrupt->InterruptMask2));
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
LL_C2_SYSCFG_GRP1_DisableIT(InterruptMask1);
LL_C2_SYSCFG_GRP2_DisableIT(InterruptMask2);
#else
LL_SYSCFG_GRP1_DisableIT(InterruptMask1);
LL_SYSCFG_GRP2_DisableIT(InterruptMask2);
#endif
}
#endif /* DUAL_CORE */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

2992
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_adc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

384
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_adc_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_adc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Analog to Digital Converter (ADC)
* peripheral:
* + Peripheral Control functions
* Other functions (generic functions) are available in file
* "stm32wlxx_hal_adc.c".
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
[..]
(@) Sections "ADC peripheral features" and "How to use this driver" are
available in file of generic functions "stm32wlxx_hal_adc.c".
[..]
@endverbatim
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx
* @brief ADC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup ADCEx_Private_Constants ADC Extended Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* Fixed timeout value for ADC calibration. */
/* Values defined to be higher than worst cases: maximum ratio between ADC */
/* and CPU clock frequencies. */
/* Example of profile low frequency : ADC frequency at 31.25kHz (ADC clock */
/* source PLL 8MHz, ADC clock prescaler 256), CPU frequency 48MHz. */
/* Calibration time max = 116 / fADC (refer to datasheet) */
/* = 178 176 CPU cycles */
#define ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT (178176UL) /*!< ADC calibration time-out value (unit: CPU cycles) */
#define ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT (2UL)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADC Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Input and Output operation functions
* @brief Extended IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Perform the ADC self-calibration.
(+) Get calibration factors.
(+) Set calibration factors.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Perform an ADC automatic self-calibration
* Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled (execute this
* function before HAL_ADC_Start() or after HAL_ADC_Stop() ).
* @note Calibration factor can be read after calibration, using function
* HAL_ADC_GetValue() (value on 7 bits: from DR[6;0]).
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status;
__IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0UL;
uint32_t backup_setting_cfgr1;
uint32_t calibration_index;
uint32_t calibration_factor_accumulated = 0;
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
__HAL_LOCK(hadc);
/* Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled. */
/* Disable the ADC (if not already disabled) */
tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc);
/* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL)
{
/* Set ADC state */
ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY,
HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL);
/* Manage settings impacting calibration */
/* - Disable ADC mode auto power-off */
/* - Disable ADC DMA transfer request during calibration */
/* Note: Specificity of this STM32 series: Calibration factor is */
/* available in data register and also transferred by DMA. */
/* To not insert ADC calibration factor among ADC conversion data */
/* in array variable, DMA transfer must be disabled during */
/* calibration. */
backup_setting_cfgr1 = READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG | ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF);
CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG | ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF);
/* ADC calibration procedure */
/* Note: Perform an averaging of 8 calibrations for optimized accuracy */
for (calibration_index = 0UL; calibration_index < 8UL; calibration_index++)
{
/* Start ADC calibration */
LL_ADC_StartCalibration(hadc->Instance);
/* Wait for calibration completion */
while (LL_ADC_IsCalibrationOnGoing(hadc->Instance) != 0UL)
{
wait_loop_index++;
if (wait_loop_index >= ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT)
{
/* Update ADC state machine to error */
ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL,
HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
calibration_factor_accumulated += LL_ADC_GetCalibrationFactor(hadc->Instance);
}
/* Compute average */
calibration_factor_accumulated /= calibration_index;
/* Apply calibration factor */
LL_ADC_Enable(hadc->Instance);
LL_ADC_SetCalibrationFactor(hadc->Instance, calibration_factor_accumulated);
LL_ADC_Disable(hadc->Instance);
/* Wait for ADC effectively disabled before changing configuration */
/* Get tick count */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) != 0UL)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT)
{
/* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) != 0UL)
{
/* Update ADC state machine to error */
SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
/* Set ADC error code to ADC peripheral internal error */
SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Restore configuration after calibration */
SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, backup_setting_cfgr1);
/* Set ADC state */
ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL,
HAL_ADC_STATE_READY);
}
else
{
SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
/* Note: No need to update variable "tmp_hal_status" here: already set */
/* to state "HAL_ERROR" by function disabling the ADC. */
}
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
return tmp_hal_status;
}
/**
* @brief Get the calibration factor.
* @param hadc ADC handle.
* @retval Calibration value.
*/
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
/* Return the selected ADC calibration value */
return ((hadc->Instance->CALFACT) & 0x0000007FU);
}
/**
* @brief Set the calibration factor to overwrite automatic conversion result.
* ADC must be enabled and no conversion is ongoing.
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @param CalibrationFactor Calibration factor (coded on 7 bits maximum)
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_SetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, uint32_t CalibrationFactor)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
assert_param(IS_ADC_CALFACT(CalibrationFactor));
__HAL_LOCK(hadc);
/* Verification of hardware constraints before modifying the calibration */
/* factors register: ADC must be enabled, no conversion on going. */
tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular = LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(hadc->Instance);
if ((LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) != 0UL)
&& (tmp_adc_is_conversion_on_going_regular == 0UL)
)
{
hadc->Instance->CALFACT &= ~ADC_CALFACT_CALFACT;
hadc->Instance->CALFACT |= CalibrationFactor;
}
else
{
/* Update ADC state machine */
SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG);
/* Update ADC error code */
SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
/* Update ADC state machine to error */
tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR;
}
__HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
return tmp_hal_status;
}
/**
* @brief Analog watchdog 2 callback in non-blocking mode.
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hadc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow2Callback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief Analog watchdog 3 callback in non-blocking mode.
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hadc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_ADCEx_LevelOutOfWindow3Callback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief End Of Sampling callback in non-blocking mode.
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_EndOfSamplingCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hadc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_ADCEx_EndOfSamplingCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief ADC channel configuration ready callback in non-blocking mode.
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ADCEx_ChannelConfigReadyCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hadc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_ADCEx_ChannelConfigReadyCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @brief Disable ADC voltage regulator.
* @note Disabling voltage regulator allows to save power. This operation can
* be carried out only when ADC is disabled.
* @note To enable again the voltage regulator, the user is expected to
* resort to HAL_ADC_Init() API.
* @param hadc ADC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_DisableVoltageRegulator(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
/* Setting of this feature is conditioned to ADC state: ADC must be ADC disabled */
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(hadc->Instance) == 0UL)
{
LL_ADC_DisableInternalRegulator(hadc->Instance);
tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
}
else
{
tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return tmp_hal_status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1011
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_comp.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

566
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_cortex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_cortex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
* + Initialization and Configuration functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
===========================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
(#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function.
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
-@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
-@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
(+@) Lowest pre-emption priority
(+@) Lowest sub priority
(+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
[..]
*** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
========================================================
[..]
Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
is a CMSIS function that:
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
inside the stm32wlxx_hal_cortex.h file.
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according
to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function.
==========================================================================================================================
NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description
==========================================================================================================================
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bit for pre-emption priority
| | | 4 bits for subpriority
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bit for pre-emption priority
| | | 3 bits for subpriority
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 2 bits for subpriority
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 1 bit for subpriority
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 0 bit for subpriority
==========================================================================================================================
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
SysTick functionalities
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
/**
* @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number .
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32wlxx.h file)
* @param PreemptPriority The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 3.
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
* @param SubPriority the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
* with stm32wlxx devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is ignored, because
* no subpriority supported in Cortex M0+ based products.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, PreemptPriority);
}
#else
/**
* @brief Set the priority grouping field (pre-emption priority and subpriority)
* using the required unlock sequence.
* @param PriorityGroup The priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bit for pre-emption priority,
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bit for pre-emption priority,
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority,
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority,
* 1 bit for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority,
* 0 bit for subpriority
* @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
* The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
}
/**
* @brief Set the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer
* to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32wlxxxx.h))
* @param PreemptPriority The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
* @param SubPriority the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
{
uint32_t prioritygroup;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
}
#endif /* CORE_CM0PLUS */
/**
* @brief Enable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
* function should be called before.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer
* to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32wlxxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Enable interrupt */
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Disable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer
* to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32wlxxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Disable interrupt */
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
{
/* System Reset */
NVIC_SystemReset();
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the System Timer with interrupt enabled and start the System Tick Timer (SysTick):
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
* @param TicksNumb Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
* - 1 Function failed.
*/
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
{
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief Cortex control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
(NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
/**
* @brief Get the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer
* to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32wlxxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
return NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn);
}
#else
/**
* @brief Get the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
* @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
{
/* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
}
/**
* @brief Get the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer
* to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32wlxxxx.h))
* @param PriorityGroup the priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bit for pre-emption priority,
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bit for pre-emption priority,
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority,
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority,
* 1 bit for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority,
* 0 bit for subpriority
* @param pPreemptPriority Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
* @param pSubPriority Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
}
/**
* @brief Get active interrupt (read the active register in NVIC and return the active bit).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer
* to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32wlxxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Return 1 if active else 0 */
return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
}
#endif /* CORE_CM0PLUS */
/**
* @brief Set Pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer
* to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32wlxxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Set interrupt pending */
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Get Pending Interrupt (read the pending register in the NVIC
* and return the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer
* to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32wlxxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Clear the pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer
* to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32wlxxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Clear pending interrupt */
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the SysTick clock source.
* @param CLKSource specifies the SysTick clock source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
{
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
else
{
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handle SYSTICK interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
}
/**
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
/**
* @brief Enable the MPU.
* @param MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault,
* NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
* @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
* @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
{
/* Enable the MPU */
MPU->CTRL = (MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk);
/* Ensure MPU setting take effects */
__DSB();
__ISB();
}
/**
* @brief Disable the MPU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
{
/* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
__DMB();
/* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
MPU->CTRL = 0;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize and configure the Region and the memory to be protected.
* @param MPU_Init Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the initialization and configuration information.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
/* Set the Region number */
MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != 0U)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
}
else
{
MPU->RBAR = 0x00U;
MPU->RASR = 0x00U;
}
}
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

516
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_crc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_crc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
(+) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
(+) Initialize CRC calculator
(++) specify generating polynomial (peripheral default or non-default one)
(++) specify initialization value (peripheral default or non-default one)
(++) specify input data format
(++) specify input or output data inversion mode if any
(+) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
initialization value
(+) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
(default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC CRC
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions CRC Private Functions
* @{
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
(+) Initialize the CRC MSP (MCU Specific Package)
(+) DeInitialize the CRC MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the CRC according to the specified
* parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if (hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
}
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been
* picked up by user */
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse));
if (hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
{
/* initialize peripheral with default generating polynomial */
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
}
else
{
/* initialize CRC peripheral with generating polynomial defined by user */
if (HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been
* picked up by user */
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
if (hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
{
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
}
else
{
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
}
/* set input data inversion mode */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode));
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode);
/* set output data inversion mode */
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode));
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);
/* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
* is properly specified by user */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC peripheral.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if (hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
/* Check the CRC peripheral state */
if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC calculation unit */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
/* Reset IDR register content */
CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR);
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
[..] or
(+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
independently of the previous CRC value.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
* starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
* type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
* number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
* @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
* Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
* and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
* handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index; /* CRC input data buffer index */
uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
{
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
/* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return temp;
}
/**
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
* starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
* type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
* number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
* @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
* Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
* and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
* handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index; /* CRC input data buffer index */
uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
* written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
{
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
/* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
/* Specific 8-bit input data handling */
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
/* Specific 16-bit input data handling */
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return temp;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the CRC handle state.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Return CRC handle state */
return hcrc->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t i; /* input data buffer index */
uint16_t data;
__IO uint16_t *pReg;
/* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
* last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
* handling by the peripheral */
for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 4U); i++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U * i] << 24U) | \
((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U] << 16U) | \
((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U] << 8U) | \
(uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 3U];
}
/* last bytes specific handling */
if ((BufferLength % 4U) != 0U)
{
if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 1U)
{
*(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4U * i]; /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
}
if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 2U)
{
data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
*pReg = data;
}
if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 3U)
{
data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
*pReg = data;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U]; /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
}
}
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
}
/**
* @brief Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t i; /* input data buffer index */
__IO uint16_t *pReg;
/* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
* in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure
* a correct type handling by the peripheral */
for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 2U); i++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[2U * i] << 16U) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[(2U * i) + 1U];
}
if ((BufferLength % 2U) != 0U)
{
pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
*pReg = pBuffer[2U * i];
}
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

223
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_crc_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_crc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended CRC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
* functionalities of the CRC peripheral.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
================================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
================================================================================
[..]
(+) Set user-defined generating polynomial through HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set()
(+) Configure Input or Output data inversion
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRCEx CRCEx
* @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions CRC Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
* @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the generating polynomial
(+) Configure the input data inversion
(+) Configure the output data inversion
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param Pol CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long).
* This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
* @arg for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
* @arg for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
* @param PolyLength CRC polynomial length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B 8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t msb = 31U; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
/* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
* polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
* definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is
* larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
* Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
* the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
* X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
while ((msb-- > 0U) && ((Pol & ((uint32_t)(0x1U) << (msb & 0x1FU))) == 0U))
{
}
switch (PolyLength)
{
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
/* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* set generating polynomial */
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
/* set generating polynomial size */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set the Reverse Input data mode.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param InputReverseMode Input Data inversion mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE no change in bit order (default value)
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE Byte-wise bit reversal
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD HalfWord-wise bit reversal
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD Word-wise bit reversal
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* set input data inversion mode */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the Reverse Output data mode.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param OutputReverseMode Output Data inversion mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE no CRC inversion (default value)
* @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE bit-level inversion (e.g. for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* set output data inversion mode */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

5592
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_cryp.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

386
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_cryp_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_cryp_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRYPEx HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
* functionalities of the Cryptography (CRYP) peripheral.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRYPEx
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
#define CRYP_PHASE_INIT 0x00000000U /*!< GCM/GMAC (or CCM) init phase */
#define CRYP_PHASE_HEADER AES_CR_GCMPH_0 /*!< GCM/GMAC or CCM header phase */
#define CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD AES_CR_GCMPH_1 /*!< GCM(/CCM) payload phase */
#define CRYP_PHASE_FINAL AES_CR_GCMPH /*!< GCM/GMAC or CCM final phase */
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_ENCRYPT 0x00000000U /*!< Encryption mode */
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_KEYDERIVATION AES_CR_MODE_0 /*!< Key derivation mode only used when performing ECB and CBC decryptions */
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_DECRYPT AES_CR_MODE_1 /*!< Decryption */
#define CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_KEYDERIVATION_DECRYPT AES_CR_MODE /*!< Key derivation and decryption only used when performing ECB and CBC decryptions */
#define CRYPEx_PHASE_PROCESS 0x02U /*!< CRYP peripheral is in processing phase */
#define CRYPEx_PHASE_FINAL 0x03U /*!< CRYP peripheral is in final phase this is relevant only with CCM and GCM modes */
/* CTR0 information to use in CCM algorithm */
#define CRYP_CCM_CTR0_0 0x07FFFFFFU
#define CRYP_CCM_CTR0_3 0xFFFFFF00U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended AES processing functions
* @brief Extended processing functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Extended AES processing functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to generate the authentication
TAG in Polling mode
(#)HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG
(#)HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG
they should be used after Encrypt/Decrypt operation.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief generate the GCM authentication TAG.
* @param hcryp pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRYP module
* @param AuthTag Pointer to the authentication buffer
* @param Timeout Timeout duration
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Assume first Init.HeaderSize is in words */
uint64_t headerlength = (uint64_t)hcryp->Init.HeaderSize * 32U; /* Header length in bits */
uint64_t inputlength = (uint64_t)hcryp->SizesSum * 8U; /* Input length in bits */
uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag;
/* Correct headerlength if Init.HeaderSize is actually in bytes */
if (hcryp->Init.HeaderWidthUnit == CRYP_HEADERWIDTHUNIT_BYTE)
{
headerlength /= 4U;
}
if (hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
if (hcryp->Phase == CRYPEx_PHASE_PROCESS)
{
/* Change the CRYP phase */
hcryp->Phase = CRYPEx_PHASE_FINAL;
}
else /* Initialization phase has not been performed*/
{
/* Disable the Peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Sequence error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_AUTH_TAG_SEQUENCE;
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Select final phase */
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, AES_CR_GCMPH, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL);
/* Set the encrypt operating mode*/
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, AES_CR_MODE, CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_ENCRYPT);
/*TinyAES peripheral from V3.1.1 : data has to be inserted normally (no swapping)*/
/* Write into the AES_DINR register the number of bits in header (64 bits)
followed by the number of bits in the payload */
hcryp->Instance->DINR = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = (uint32_t)(headerlength);
hcryp->Instance->DINR = 0U;
hcryp->Instance->DINR = (uint32_t)(inputlength);
/* Wait for CCF flag to be raised */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, AES_SR_CCF))
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)||(Timeout == 0U))
{
/* Disable the CRYP peripheral clock */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change state */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Read the authentication TAG in the output FIFO */
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
/* Clear CCF flag */
__HAL_CRYP_CLEAR_FLAG(hcryp, CRYP_CCF_CLEAR);
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief AES CCM Authentication TAG generation.
* @param hcryp pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for CRYP module
* @param AuthTag Pointer to the authentication buffer
* @param Timeout Timeout duration
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag;
uint32_t tickstart;
if (hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
/* Disable interrupts in case they were kept enabled to proceed
a single message in several iterations */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_CCFIE | CRYP_IT_ERRIE);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
/* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
if (hcryp->Phase == CRYPEx_PHASE_PROCESS)
{
/* Change the CRYP phase */
hcryp->Phase = CRYPEx_PHASE_FINAL;
}
else /* Initialization phase has not been performed*/
{
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Sequence error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_AUTH_TAG_SEQUENCE;
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Select final phase */
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, AES_CR_GCMPH, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL);
/* Set encrypt operating mode*/
MODIFY_REG(hcryp->Instance->CR, AES_CR_MODE, CRYP_OPERATINGMODE_ENCRYPT);
/* Wait for CCF flag to be raised */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, AES_SR_CCF))
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) ||(Timeout == 0U))
{
/* Disable the CRYP peripheral Clock */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
/* Change state */
hcryp->ErrorCode |= HAL_CRYP_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Read the authentication TAG in the output FIFO */
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
tagaddr += 4U;
*(uint32_t *)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUTR;
/* Clear CCF Flag */
__HAL_CRYP_CLEAR_FLAG(hcryp, CRYP_CCF_CLEAR);
/* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
/* Disable CRYP */
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode = HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended AES Key Derivations functions
* @brief Extended Key Derivations functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Key Derivation functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to Enable or Disable the
the AutoKeyDerivation parameter in CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure
These function are allowed only in TinyAES peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief AES enable key derivation functions
* @param hcryp pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure.
*/
void HAL_CRYPEx_EnableAutoKeyDerivation(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
{
if (hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
hcryp->AutoKeyDerivation = ENABLE;
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode = HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief AES disable key derivation functions
* @param hcryp pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure.
*/
void HAL_CRYPEx_DisableAutoKeyDerivation(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
{
if (hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
{
hcryp->AutoKeyDerivation = DISABLE;
}
else
{
/* Busy error code field */
hcryp->ErrorCode = HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1318
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_dac.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

395
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_dac_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_dac_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DAC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
* functionalities of the DAC peripheral.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** Dual mode IO operation ***
==============================
(+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e. DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in
Channel 1 and Channel 2.
*** Signal generation operation ***
===================================
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
(+) HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate to calibrate one DAC channel.
(+) HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming to set user trimming value.
(+) HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset to retrieve trimming value (factory setting
after reset, user setting if HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming have been used
at least one time after reset).
@endverbatim
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(DAC)
/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
* @brief DAC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief Extended IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start conversion.
(+) Stop conversion.
(+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
(+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
(+) Get result of conversion.
(+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @param Amplitude Select max triangle amplitude.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the triangle wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @param Amplitude Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the noise wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Run the self calibration of one DAC channel.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param sConfig DAC channel configuration structure.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @retval Updates DAC_TrimmingValue. , DAC_UserTrimming set to DAC_UserTrimming
* @retval HAL status
* @note Calibration runs about 7 ms.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
__IO uint32_t tmp;
uint32_t trimmingvalue;
uint32_t delta;
/* store/restore channel configuration structure purpose */
uint32_t oldmodeconfiguration;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Check the DAC handle allocation */
/* Check if DAC running */
if (hdac == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Store configuration */
oldmodeconfiguration = (hdac->Instance->MCR & (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* Disable the selected DAC channel */
CLEAR_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_EN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* Set mode in MCR for calibration */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), 0U);
/* Set DAC Channel1 DHR register to the middle value */
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
{
tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
}
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = 0x0800UL;
/* Enable the selected DAC channel calibration */
/* i.e. set DAC_CR_CENx bit */
SET_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* Init trimming counter */
/* Medium value */
trimmingvalue = 16UL;
delta = 8UL;
while (delta != 0UL)
{
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */
HAL_Delay(1);
if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) == (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)))
{
/* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is HIGH try higher trimming */
trimmingvalue -= delta;
}
else
{
/* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is LOW try lower trimming */
trimmingvalue += delta;
}
delta >>= 1UL;
}
/* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
/* Indeed the first value that causes the DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx bit to change from 0 to 1 */
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */
HAL_Delay(1U);
if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) == 0UL)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
trimmingvalue++;
/* Set right trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
}
/* Disable the selected DAC channel calibration */
/* i.e. clear DAC_CR_CENx bit */
CLEAR_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = trimmingvalue;
sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER;
/* Restore configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), oldmodeconfiguration);
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set the trimming mode and trimming value (user trimming mode applied).
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param sConfig DAC configuration structure updated with new DAC trimming value.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @param NewTrimmingValue DAC new trimming value
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel,
uint32_t NewTrimmingValue)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_NEWTRIMMINGVALUE(NewTrimmingValue));
/* Check the DAC handle allocation */
if (hdac == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Set new trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (NewTrimmingValue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* Update trimming mode */
sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER;
sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = NewTrimmingValue;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return the DAC trimming value.
* @param hdac DAC handle
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @retval Trimming value : range: 0->31
*
*/
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Retrieve trimming */
return ((hdac->Instance->CCR & (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) >> (Channel & 0x10UL));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DAC */
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/

1318
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_dma.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

318
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_dma_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_dma_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DMA Extension HAL module driver
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
(+) To handle the DMAMUX Interrupts, the function HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be called from
the DMAMUX IRQ handler i.e DMAMUX1_OVR_IRQHandler.
As only one interrupt line is available for all DMAMUX channels and request generators , HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be
called with, as parameter, the appropriate DMA handle as many as used DMAs in the user project
(exception done if a given DMA is not using the DMAMUX SYNC block neither a request generator)
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
* @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions DMAEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 DMAEx Extended features functions
* @brief Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
(+) Handle DMAMUX interrupts using HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler : should be called from
the DMAMUX IRQ handler
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the DMAMUX synchronization parameters for a given DMA channel (instance).
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @param pSyncConfig Pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef contains the DMAMUX synchronization parameters
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef *pSyncConfig)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_SIGNAL_ID(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_POLARITY(pSyncConfig-> SyncPolarity));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_STATE(pSyncConfig->SyncEnable));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_EVENT(pSyncConfig->EventEnable));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_REQUEST_NUMBER(pSyncConfig->RequestNumber));
/*Check if the DMA state is ready */
if (hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Set the new synchronization parameters (and keep the request ID filled during the Init)*/
MODIFY_REG(hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR, \
(~DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID), \
(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID | ((pSyncConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_CxCR_NBREQ_Pos) | \
pSyncConfig->SyncPolarity | ((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->SyncEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_SE_Pos) | \
((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->EventEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_EGE_Pos)));
/* Process UnLocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
/* Set the error code to busy */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_BUSY;
/* Return error status */
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @param pRequestGeneratorConfig Pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef
* contains the request generator parameters.
*
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef *pRequestGeneratorConfig)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef temp_state = hdma->State;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_SIGNAL_ID(pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_POLARITY(pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_REQUEST_NUMBER(pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber));
/* check if the DMA state is ready
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
*/
if (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen == 0U)
{
/* Set the error code to busy */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_PARAM;
/* error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else if (((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR & DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE) == 0U) && (temp_state == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY))
{
/* RequestGenerator must be disable prior to the configuration i.e GE bit is 0 */
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Set the request generator new parameters*/
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID | \
((pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_RGxCR_GNBREQ_Pos) | \
pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity;
/* Process UnLocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
/* Set the error code to busy */
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_BUSY;
/* error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
/* check if the DMA state is ready
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
*/
if ((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
{
/* Enable the request generator*/
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Disable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
/* check if the DMA state is ready
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
*/
if ((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
{
/* Disable the request generator*/
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handles DMAMUX interrupt request.
* @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check for DMAMUX Synchronization overrun */
if ((hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CSR & hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask) != 0U)
{
/* Disable the synchro overrun interrupt */
hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
/* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_SYNC;
if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
if (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0)
{
/* if using a DMAMUX request generator block Check for DMAMUX request generator overrun */
if ((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGSR & hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask) != 0U)
{
/* Disable the request gen overrun interrupt */
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
/* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_REQGEN;
if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

649
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_exti.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,649 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief EXTI HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (EXTI) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
(+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
(++) Interrupt
(++) Event
(++) Both of them
(+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
(++) Rising
(++) Falling
(++) Both of them
(+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two diffenrents
interrupt pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
occurs:
(++) Rising edge pending interrupt
(++) Falling
(+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
be selected through multiplexer.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
(++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
"Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel"
member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
(++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
(#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
(#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
(++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
(++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
(++) Provide callback function pointer.
(#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
(#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
(#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI
* @{
*/
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
* Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
* of bounds [0,3] in following API :
* HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
* HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
* HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
*/
#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_MODE_OFFSET 0x04u /* 0x10: offset between CPU IMR/EMR registers */
#define EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET 0x08u /* 0x20: offset between CPU Rising/Falling configuration registers */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check null pointer */
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
/* Assign line number to handle */
hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* Configure triggers for configurable lines */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
/* Configure rising trigger */
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store rising trigger mode */
*regaddr = regval;
/* Configure falling trigger */
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store falling trigger mode */
*regaddr = regval;
/* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
}
}
/* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
regaddr = (&EXTI->C2IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
#else
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
#endif
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store interrupt mode */
*regaddr = regval;
/* Configure event mode : read current mode */
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
regaddr = (&EXTI->C2EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
#else
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
#endif
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u)
{
/* The event mode cannot be configured if the line does not support it */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_EVENT_PRESENT(pExtiConfig->Line));
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store event mode */
*regaddr = regval;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check null pointer */
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* Store handle line number to configiguration structure */
pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
regaddr = (&EXTI->C2IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
#else
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
#endif
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE;
}
/* Get event mode */
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
regaddr = (&EXTI->C2EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
#else
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
#endif
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
}
/* Get default Trigger and GPIOSel configuration */
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
/* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
}
/* Get falling configuration */
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
}
/* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24u);
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check null pointer */
if (hexti == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
regaddr = (&EXTI->C2IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
#else
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
#endif
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
/* 2] Clear event mode */
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
regaddr = (&EXTI->C2EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
#else
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
#endif
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
/* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */
if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
/* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Register callback for a dedicaated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param CallbackID User callback identifier.
* This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
* @param pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
hexti->PendingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Store line number as handle private field.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param ExtiLine Exti line number.
* This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
/* Check null pointer */
if (hexti == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Store line number as handle private field */
hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
return HAL_OK;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief EXTI IO functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval none.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
/* Get pending bit */
regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & maskline);
if (regval != 0x00u)
{
/* Clear pending bit */
*regaddr = maskline;
/* Call callback */
if (hexti->PendingCallback != NULL)
{
hexti->PendingCallback();
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
* This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
* @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
*/
uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* Get pending bit */
regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
/* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
regval = ((*regaddr & maskline) >> linepos);
return regval;
}
/**
* @brief Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
* This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
/* Get pending register address */
regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
/* Clear Pending bit */
*regaddr = maskline;
}
/**
* @brief Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
regaddr = (&EXTI->SWIER1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
*regaddr = maskline;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

765
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_flash.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,765 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_flash.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
* + Program operations functions
* + Memory Control functions
* + Peripheral Errors functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
[..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
prefetch and cache lines.
[..] The FLASH main features are:
(+) Flash memory read operations
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
(+) Program and Erase suspension
(+) Read / write protections (2 areas per features)
(+) CPU2 Security area
(+) Option bytes programming
(+) Prefetch on CPU1 I-Code and CPU2 S-bus
(+) 32 instruction cache lines of 4*64 bits on I-Code for CPU1
(+) 8 data cache lines of 4*64 bits on D-Code for CPU1
(+) 4 instruction cache lines of 1*64 bits on S-bus for CPU2
(+) 4 data cache lines of 1*64 bits on S-Bus for CPU2
(+) Error code correction (ECC) : Data in flash are 72-bits word
(8 bits added per double word)
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
memory of all STM32WLxx devices.
(#) Flash Memory IO Programming functions:
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
(++) Program functions: double word and fast program (full row programming)
(++) There are two modes of programming:
(+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
(+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions:
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
(++) Callback functions are called when the flash operations are finished :
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback() when everything is ok, otherwise
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback()
(++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_GetError()
(#) Option bytes management functions :
(++) Lock and Unlock the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() functions
(++) Launch the reload of the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() function.
In this case, a reset is generated
[..]
In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
to handle the following operations:
(+) Set the latency
(+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the suspend program or erase request
(+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
(+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
(+) Enable/Disable the Flash interrupts
(+) Monitor the Flash flags status
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW 32
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Variable used for Program/Erase sectors under interruption
*/
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash = {.Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED, \
.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE, \
.ProcedureOnGoing = 0U, \
.Address = 0U, \
.Page = 0U, \
.NbPagesToErase = 0U
};
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
static void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
* @brief Programming operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Programming operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
program operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address.
* @note Before any operation, it is possible to check there is no operation suspended
* by call HAL_FLASHEx_IsOperationSuspended()
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_TYPE_PROGRAM
* @param Address Specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data Specifies the data to be programmed
* This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
* are stored the data for the row fast program.
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
assert_param(IS_ADDR_ALIGNED_64BITS(Address));
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Reset error code */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Verify that next operation can be proceed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
if (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
}
else
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_FAST_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Fast program a 32 double-word (64-bit) row at a specified address */
FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
}
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG or FSTPG Bit */
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->C2CR, TypeProgram);
#else
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, TypeProgram);
#endif
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
/* return status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
* @note Before any operation, it is possible to check there is no operation suspended
* by call HAL_FLASHEx_IsOperationSuspended()
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_TYPE_PROGRAM
* @param Address Specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data Specifies the data to be programmed
* This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
* are stored the data for the row fast program.
*
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
assert_param(IS_ADDR_ALIGNED_64BITS(Address));
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Reset error code */
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Verify that next operation can be proceed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
}
else
{
/* Set internal variables used by the IRQ handler */
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = TypeProgram;
pFlash.Address = Address;
/* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR | FLASH_IT_ECCC);
if (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
}
else
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_FAST_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Fast program a 32 double-word (64-bit) row at a specified address */
FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
}
}
/* return status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Handle FLASH interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
{
uint32_t param = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
uint32_t error;
/* Save flash errors. Only ECC detection can be checked here as ECCC
generates NMI */
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
error = (FLASH->C2SR & FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS);
/* Clear Current operation */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->C2CR, pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing);
#else
error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS);
/* Clear Current operation */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing);
#endif
/* A] Set parameter for user or error callbacks */
/* check operation was a program or erase */
if ((pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing & (FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD | FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST)) != 0U)
{
/* return address being programmed */
param = pFlash.Address;
}
else if ((pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing & (FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE | FLASH_TYPEERASE_PAGES)) != 0U)
{
/* return page number being erased (0 for mass erase) */
param = pFlash.Page;
}
else
{
/* No Procedure on-going */
/* Nothing to do, but check error if any */
}
/* B] Check errors */
if (error != 0U)
{
/*Save the error code*/
pFlash.ErrorCode |= error;
/* clear error flags */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(error);
/*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_TYPENONE;
/* Error callback */
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(param);
}
/* C] Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_TYPEERASE_PAGES)
{
/* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
pFlash.NbPagesToErase--;
/* Check if there are still pages to erase*/
if (pFlash.NbPagesToErase != 0U)
{
/* Increment page number */
pFlash.Page++;
FLASH_PageErase(pFlash.Page);
}
else
{
/* No more pages to erase: stop erase pages procedure */
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_TYPENONE;
}
}
else
{
/*Stop the ongoing procedure */
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_TYPENONE;
}
/* User callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(param);
}
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_TYPENONE)
{
/* Disable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR | FLASH_IT_ECCC);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
}
}
/**
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback.
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: 0
* Page Erase: Page which has been erased
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback.
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: 0
* Page Erase: Page number which returned an error
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
memory operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0U)
{
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
/* verify Flash is unlock */
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0U)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Lock the FLASH control register access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
/* @Note The lock and unlock procedure is done only using CR registers even from CPU2 */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
/* verify Flash is locked */
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) == 0U)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
/* @Note The lock and unlock procedure is done only using CR registers even from CPU2 */
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) != 0U)
{
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
/* verify option bytes are unlocked */
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) == 0U)
{
status = HAL_OK;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
/* @Note The lock and unlock procedure is done only using CR registers even from CPU2 */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK);
/* verify option bytes are lock */
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) == 0U)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
{
/* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
/* The OB launch is done from the same register either from CPU1 or CPU2 */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
/* We should not reach here : Option byte launch generates Option byte reset
so return error */
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
* @brief Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE No error set
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OP FLASH Operation error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG FLASH Programming error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP FLASH Write protection error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA FLASH Programming alignment error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZ FLASH Size error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS FLASH Programming sequence error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_MIS FLASH Fast programming data miss error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FAST FLASH Fast programming error
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD FLASH Read Protection error (PCROP)
* @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV FLASH Option validity error
*/
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
{
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
* @param Timeout Maximum flash operation timeout
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t error;
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
flag will be set */
while (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY))
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* check flash errors. Only ECC correction can be checked here as ECCD
generates NMI */
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
error = FLASH->C2SR;
#else
error = FLASH->SR;
#endif
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if ((error & FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != 0U)
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
}
/* Now update error variable to only error value */
error &= FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS;
/* clear error flags */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(error);
if (error != 0U)
{
/*Save the error code*/
pFlash.ErrorCode = error;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Wait for control register to be written */
while (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_CFGBSY))
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
* @param Address Specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data Specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
/* Set PG bit */
SET_BIT(FLASH->C2CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
#else
/* Set PG bit */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
#endif
/* Program first word */
*(uint32_t *)Address = (uint32_t)Data;
/* Barrier to ensure programming is performed in 2 steps, in right order
(independently of compiler optimization behavior) */
__ISB();
/* Program second word */
*(uint32_t *)(Address + 4U) = (uint32_t)(Data >> 32U);
}
/**
* @brief Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
* @param Address Specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param DataAddress Specifies the address where the data are stored.
* @retval None
*/
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
static __RAM_FUNC void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress)
#else
static void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress)
#endif
{
uint8_t row_index = (2 * FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW);
__IO uint32_t *dest_addr = (__IO uint32_t *)Address;
__IO uint32_t *src_addr = (__IO uint32_t *)DataAddress;
uint32_t primask_bit;
/* Set FSTPG bit */
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
SET_BIT(FLASH->C2CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG);
#else
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG);
#endif
/* Enter critical section: row programming should not be longer than 7 ms */
primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
__disable_irq();
/* Program the double word of the row */
do
{
*dest_addr = *src_addr;
dest_addr++;
src_addr++;
row_index--;
}
while (row_index != 0U);
/* wait for BSY in order to be sure that flash operation is ended before
allowing prefetch in flash. Timeout does not return status, as it will
be anyway done later */
while (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != 0U)
{
}
/* Exit critical section: restore previous priority mask */
__set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1373
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_flash_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

569
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_gpio.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually
configured by software in several modes:
(++) Input mode
(++) Analog mode
(++) Output mode
(++) Alternate function mode
(++) External interrupt/event lines
(+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
(+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
activated or not.
(+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
(+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected
to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals
sharing the same IO pin.
(+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
(+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 28 edge detectors
(16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
also be masked independently.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
(++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
(++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.
(++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
or DAC output.
(++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
(#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
(#) To set the level of several pins and reset level of several other pins in
same cycle, use HAL_GPIO_WriteMultipleStatePin().
(#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
pins).
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
(PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_NUMBER (16U)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32WLxx family
* @param GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
{
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
uint32_t iocurrent;
uint32_t temp;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
/* Configure the port pins */
while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0x00u)
{
/* Get current io position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1uL << position);
if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
{
/*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
if (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_OUTPUT) || ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_AF))
{
/* Check the Speed parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
/* Configure the IO Speed */
temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2U));
temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2U));
GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
/* Configure the IO Output Type */
temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & OUTPUT_TYPE) >> OUTPUT_TYPE_Pos) << position);
GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
}
/* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) != MODE_ANALOG)
{
temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2U));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2U));
GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
}
/* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_AF)
{
/* Check the Alternate function parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
/* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U];
temp &= ~(0xFU << ((position & 0x07U) * 4U));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Alternate) << ((position & 0x07U) * 4U));
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] = temp;
}
/* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
temp = GPIOx->MODER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2U));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2U));
GPIOx->MODER = temp;
/*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) != 0x00u)
{
temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
temp &= ~(0x07uL << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
temp |= (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] = temp;
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
temp = EXTI->RTSR1;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->RTSR1 = temp;
temp = EXTI->FTSR1;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->FTSR1 = temp;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
temp = EXTI->C2IMR1;
#else
temp = EXTI->IMR1;
#endif /* CORE_CM0PLUS */
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_IT) != 0x00u)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
EXTI->C2IMR1 = temp;
#else
EXTI->IMR1 = temp;
#endif /* CORE_CM0PLUS */
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
temp = EXTI->C2EMR1;
#else
temp = EXTI->EMR1;
#endif /* CORE_CM0PLUS */
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_EVT) != 0x00u)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
EXTI->C2EMR1 = temp;
#else
EXTI->EMR1 = temp;
#endif /* CORE_CM0PLUS */
}
}
position++;
}
}
/**
* @brief De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32WLxx family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
uint32_t iocurrent;
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Configure the port pins */
while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0x00u)
{
/* Get current io position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1uL << position);
if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
{
/*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
tmp &= (0x07uL << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))))
{
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
EXTI->C2IMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
EXTI->C2EMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
#else
EXTI->IMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
EXTI->EMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
#endif /* CORE_CM0PLUS */
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
EXTI->RTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
EXTI->FTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
/* Clear EXTICR configuration */
tmp = 0x07uL << (4u * (position & 0x03U));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] &= ~tmp;
}
/*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Configure IO in Analog Mode */
GPIOx->MODER |= (GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2U));
/* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U] &= ~(0xFU << ((position & 0x07U) * 4U)) ;
/* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2U));
/* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
/* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2U));
}
position++;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Read the specified input port pin.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32WLxx family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The input port pin value.
*/
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Set or clear the selected data port bit.
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
* the read and the modify access.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32WLxx family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
* @param PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
* This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
* @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
* @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
if (PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
}
/**
* @brief Set and clear several pins of a dedicated port in same cycle.
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify
* accesses.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32WLxx family
* @param PinReset specifies the port bits to be reset
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15) or zero.
* @param PinSet specifies the port bits to be set
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15) or zero.
* @note Both PinReset and PinSet combinations shall not get any common bit, else
* assert would be triggered.
* @note At least one of the two parameters used to set or reset shall be different from zero.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_WriteMultipleStatePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t PinReset, uint16_t PinSet)
{
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the parameters */
/* Make sure at least one parameter is different from zero and that there is no common pin */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN((uint32_t)PinReset | (uint32_t)PinSet));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_COMMON_PIN(PinReset, PinSet));
tmp = (((uint32_t)PinReset << 16) | PinSet);
GPIOx->BSRR = tmp;
}
/**
* @brief Toggle the specified GPIO pin.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32WLxx family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t odr;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* get current Output Data Register value */
odr = GPIOx->ODR;
/* Set selected pins that were at low level, and reset ones that were high */
GPIOx->BSRR = ((odr & GPIO_Pin) << GPIO_NUMBER) | (~odr & GPIO_Pin);
}
/**
* @brief Lock GPIO Pins configuration registers.
* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
* until the next reset.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32WLxx family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Apply lock key write sequence */
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
/* read again in order to confirm lock is active */
if ((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != 0x00u)
{
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* EXTI line interrupt detected */
if (__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
{
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
}
}
/**
* @brief EXTI line detection callback.
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

757
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_gtzc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_gtzc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief GTZC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of GTZC peripheral:
* + TZSC Initialization and Configuration functions
* + MPCWM Initialization and Configuration functions
* + TZSC and TZSC-MPCWM Lock functions
* + TZIC Initialization and Configuration functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### GTZC main features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Global Security Controller (GTZC) composed of two sub-blocks:
(++) TZSC: Security controller
This sub-block defines the secure/privileged state of slave
peripherals. It also controls the unprivileged area size for the
watermark memory peripheral controller (MPCWM).
(++) TZIC: Security Illegal access controller
This sub-block gathers all illegal access events in the system and
generates a secure interrupt towards the secure CPU2 NVIC.
(+) These sub-blocks are used to configure system security and
privilege such as:
(++) on-chip Flash memory and RAM with programmable secure or privilege or
both area
(++) AHB and APB peripherals with programmable security and/or privileged
access
[..]
(+) TZIC accessible only with secure privileged transactions.
When the system is non-secure (ESE = 0), TZIC is not accessible.
(+) Secure and non-secure access supported for privileged and unprivileged
part of TZSC
(+) Set of registers to define product security settings:
(++) Privileged watermark for internal memories
(++) Secure and privileged access mode for securable peripherals
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The GTZC HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Configure or get back securable peripherals attributes using
HAL_GTZC_TZSC_ConfigPeriphAttributes() / HAL_GTZC_TZSC_GetConfigPeriphAttributes()
(#) Configure or get back ecurable peripherals attributes using
HAL_GTZC_TZSC_MPCWM_ConfigMemAttributes() / HAL_GTZC_TZSC_MPCWM_GetConfigMemAttributes()
(#) Lock TZSC sub-block or get lock status using HAL_GTZC_TZSC_Lock() /
HAL_GTZC_TZSC_GetLock()
(#) Illegal access detection can be configured through TZIC sub-block using
following functions: HAL_GTZC_TZIC_DisableIT() / HAL_GTZC_TZIC_EnableIT()
(#) Illegal access flags can be retrieved through HAL_GTZC_TZIC_GetFlag() and
HAL_GTZC_TZIC_ClearFlag() functions
(#) Illegal access interrupt service routing is served by HAL_GTZC_IRQHandler()
and user can add his own code using HAL_GTZC_TZIC_ILA_Callback()
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
#if defined(GTZC_TZSC)
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GTZC GTZC
* @brief GTZC HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_GTZC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GTZC_Exported_Functions GTZC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GTZC_Exported_Functions_Group1 TZSC Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief TZSC Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### TZSC Initialization and Configuration functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/configure TZSC
TZSC: Security Controller
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure TZSC on a single peripheral or on all peripherals
* @param PeriphId Peripheral identifier.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref GTZC_Peripheral_Identification
* @param PeriphAttributes Periph attribute (see structure in stm32wlxx_hal_gtzc.h).
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GTZC_TZSC_ConfigPeriphAttributes(uint32_t PeriphId, uint32_t PeriphAttributes)
{
uint32_t periphpos;
/* check entry parameters */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_TZSC_PERIPHERAL(PeriphId));
assert_param(IS_GTZC_ATTRIBUTE(PeriphAttributes));
if ((PeriphId & GTZC_PERIPH_ALL) != 0x00U)
{
/* special case where the same configuration is applied to all peripherals */
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
/* secure configuration */
if ((PeriphAttributes & GTZC_TZSC_ATTRIBUTE_SEC) != 0x00U)
{
GTZC_TZSC->SECCFGR1 = TZSC_SECCFGR1_ALL_Msk;
}
else
{
GTZC_TZSC->SECCFGR1 = 0x00U;
}
#endif
/* privilege configuration */
if ((PeriphAttributes & GTZC_TZSC_ATTRIBUTE_PRIV) != 0x00U)
{
GTZC_TZSC->PRIVCFGR1 = TZSC_PRIVCFGR1_ALL_Msk;
}
else
{
GTZC_TZSC->PRIVCFGR1 = 0x00U;
}
}
else
{
/* common case where only one peripheral is configured */
periphpos = (1UL << GTZC_GET_PERIPH_POS(PeriphId));
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
/* secure configuration. Make sure not to configure SUBGHZ SPI which is securable by option byte. */
if ((PeriphId != GTZC_PERIPH_SUBGHZSPI) && ((PeriphAttributes & GTZC_TZSC_ATTRIBUTE_SEC) != 0x00U))
{
GTZC_TZSC->SECCFGR1 |= periphpos;
}
else
{
GTZC_TZSC->SECCFGR1 &= ~periphpos;
}
#endif
/* privilege configuration */
if ((PeriphAttributes & GTZC_TZSC_ATTRIBUTE_PRIV) != 0x00U)
{
GTZC_TZSC->PRIVCFGR1 |= periphpos;
}
else
{
GTZC_TZSC->PRIVCFGR1 &= ~periphpos;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Get TZSC configuration on a single peripheral or on all peripherals
* @param PeriphId Peripheral identifier.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref GTZC_Peripheral_Identification
* @param PeriphAttributes Pointer to the periph attributes (see structure in stm32wlxx_hal_gtzc.h).
* If PeriphId target a single peripheral, pointer on a single element.
* If all peripherals selected, pointer to an array of GTZC_PERIPH_TZSC_MAX elements
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GTZC_TZSC_GetConfigPeriphAttributes(uint32_t PeriphId, uint32_t *PeriphAttributes)
{
uint32_t reg_value;
uint32_t periphpos;
uint32_t index;
/* check entry parameters */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_TZSC_PERIPHERAL(PeriphId));
/* check null pointer */
if (PeriphAttributes == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
if ((PeriphId & GTZC_PERIPH_ALL) != 0x00U)
{
/* special case where the configuration getting is requested for all peripherals */
/* get secure configuration: read each register and deploy each bit value */
/* in bit0 of corresponding index in the destination array */
reg_value = (GTZC_TZSC->SECCFGR1 & TZSC_SECCFGR1_ALL_Msk);
periphpos = 0;
for (index = 0U; index < GTZC_TZSC_PERIPH_NUMBER; index++)
{
/* Check what are TZSC peripheral position. Here use privilege mask as
reference because SPISUBGHZ is securable by option byte */
while((TZSC_PRIVCFGR1_ALL_Msk & (1UL << periphpos)) == 0x00U)
{
/* increment peripheral position */
periphpos++;
}
if ((reg_value & (1UL << periphpos)) != 0x00U)
{
PeriphAttributes[index] = GTZC_TZSC_ATTRIBUTE_SEC;
}
else
{
PeriphAttributes[index] = GTZC_TZSC_ATTRIBUTE_NSEC;
}
/* increment peripheral position */
periphpos++;
}
/* do the same for get privilege configuration but on bit1 */
reg_value = (GTZC_TZSC->PRIVCFGR1 & TZSC_PRIVCFGR1_ALL_Msk);
periphpos = 0;
for (index = 0U; index < GTZC_TZSC_PERIPH_NUMBER; index++)
{
/* Check what are TZSC peripheral position */
while((TZSC_PRIVCFGR1_ALL_Msk & (1UL << periphpos)) == 0x00U)
{
/* increment peripheral position */
periphpos++;
}
if ((reg_value & (1UL << periphpos)) != 0x00U)
{
PeriphAttributes[index] |= GTZC_TZSC_ATTRIBUTE_PRIV;
}
else
{
/* do nothing */
}
/* increment peripheral position */
periphpos++;
}
}
else
{
/* common case where only one peripheral is configured */
/* secure configuration */
reg_value = GTZC_TZSC->SECCFGR1;
if ((reg_value & (1UL << GTZC_GET_PERIPH_POS(PeriphId))) != 0x00U)
{
*PeriphAttributes = GTZC_TZSC_ATTRIBUTE_SEC;
}
else
{
*(PeriphAttributes) = GTZC_TZSC_ATTRIBUTE_NSEC;
}
/* privilege configuration */
reg_value = GTZC_TZSC->PRIVCFGR1;
if ((reg_value & (1UL << GTZC_GET_PERIPH_POS(PeriphId))) != 0x00U)
{
*PeriphAttributes |= GTZC_TZSC_ATTRIBUTE_PRIV;
}
else
{
/* do nothing */
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GTZC_Exported_Functions_Group2 MPCWM Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief MPCWM Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### MPCWM Initialization and Configuration functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/configure MPCWM
MPCWM: Memory Protection Controller WaterMark
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure a TZSC-MPCWM area.
* @param MemBaseAddress WM identifier.
* @param pMPCWM_Desc TZSC-MPCWM descriptor pointer.
* The structure description is available in @ref GTZC_Exported_Types.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GTZC_TZSC_MPCWM_ConfigMemAttributes(uint32_t MemBaseAddress, MPCWM_ConfigTypeDef *pMPCWM_Desc)
{
__IO uint32_t *pregister;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t reg_value;
uint32_t length_pos;
uint32_t length_msk;
uint32_t gran_offset;
/* check entry parameters */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_MPCWM_MEMORY_BASEADDRESS(MemBaseAddress));
switch (MemBaseAddress)
{
case FLASH_BASE:
/* check descriptor content vs. memory capacity */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_MPCWM_FLASH_AREAID(pMPCWM_Desc->AreaId));
assert_param(IS_GTZC_MPCWM_FLASH_LENGTH(pMPCWM_Desc->Length));
/* Set local variable with Flash MPCWM characteristics */
gran_offset = GTZC_TZSC_MPCWM_GRANULARITY_FLASH_OFFSET;
if (pMPCWM_Desc->AreaId == GTZC_TZSC_MPCWM_AREAID_UNPRIV)
{
pregister = &(GTZC_TZSC->MPCWM1_UPWMR);
length_pos = TZSC_MPCWM1_UPWMR_LGTH_Pos;
length_msk = TZSC_MPCWM1_UPWMR_LGTH_Msk;
}
else
{
pregister = &(GTZC_TZSC->MPCWM1_UPWWMR);
length_pos = TZSC_MPCWM1_UPWWMR_LGTH_Pos;
length_msk = TZSC_MPCWM1_UPWWMR_LGTH_Msk;
}
break;
case SRAM1_BASE:
/* check descriptor content vs. memory capacity */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_MPCWM_SRAM1_AREAID(pMPCWM_Desc->AreaId));
assert_param(IS_GTZC_MPCWM_SRAM1_LENGTH(pMPCWM_Desc->Length));
/* Set local variable with Sram1 MPCWM characteristics */
gran_offset = GTZC_TZSC_MPCWM_GRANULARITY_SRAM1_OFFSET;
pregister = &(GTZC_TZSC->MPCWM2_UPWMR);
length_pos = TZSC_MPCWM2_UPWMR_LGTH_Pos;
length_msk = TZSC_MPCWM2_UPWMR_LGTH_Msk;
break;
case SRAM2_BASE:
/* check descriptor content vs. memory capacity */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_MPCWM_SRAM2_AREAID(pMPCWM_Desc->AreaId));
assert_param(IS_GTZC_MPCWM_SRAM2_LENGTH(pMPCWM_Desc->Length));
/* Set local variable with Sram2 MPCWM characteristics */
gran_offset = GTZC_TZSC_MPCWM_GRANULARITY_SRAM2_OFFSET;
pregister = &(GTZC_TZSC->MPCWM3_UPWMR);
length_pos = TZSC_MPCWM3_UPWMR_LGTH_Pos;
length_msk = TZSC_MPCWM3_UPWMR_LGTH_Msk;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
if(status != HAL_ERROR)
{
/* Store length */
reg_value = *pregister & ~length_msk;
*pregister = (reg_value | ((pMPCWM_Desc->Length >> gran_offset) << length_pos));
}
else
{
/* Do nothing */
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Get a TZSC-MPCWM area configuration.
* @param MemBaseAddress WM identifier.
* @param pMPCWM_Desc pointer to a TZSC-MPCWM descriptor.
* The structure description is available in @ref GTZC_Exported_Types.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GTZC_TZSC_MPCWM_GetConfigMemAttributes(uint32_t MemBaseAddress, MPCWM_ConfigTypeDef *pMPCWM_Desc)
{
__IO uint32_t *pregister;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t reg_value;
uint32_t length_pos;
uint32_t length_msk;
uint32_t gran_offset;
/* check entry parameters */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_MPCWM_MEMORY_BASEADDRESS(MemBaseAddress));
/* depending on targted memory */
switch (MemBaseAddress)
{
case FLASH_BASE:
/* check descriptor content vs. memory capacity */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_MPCWM_FLASH_AREAID(pMPCWM_Desc->AreaId));
/* Set local variable with Flash MPCWM characteristics */
gran_offset = GTZC_TZSC_MPCWM_GRANULARITY_FLASH_OFFSET;
if (pMPCWM_Desc->AreaId == GTZC_TZSC_MPCWM_AREAID_UNPRIV)
{
pregister = &(GTZC_TZSC->MPCWM1_UPWMR);
length_pos = TZSC_MPCWM1_UPWMR_LGTH_Pos;
length_msk = TZSC_MPCWM1_UPWMR_LGTH_Msk;
}
else
{
pregister = &(GTZC_TZSC->MPCWM1_UPWWMR);
length_pos = TZSC_MPCWM1_UPWWMR_LGTH_Pos;
length_msk = TZSC_MPCWM1_UPWWMR_LGTH_Msk;
}
break;
case SRAM1_BASE:
/* check descriptor content vs. memory capacity */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_MPCWM_SRAM1_AREAID(pMPCWM_Desc->AreaId));
/* Set local variable with Sram1 MPCWM characteristics */
gran_offset = GTZC_TZSC_MPCWM_GRANULARITY_SRAM1_OFFSET;
pregister = &(GTZC_TZSC->MPCWM2_UPWMR);
length_pos = TZSC_MPCWM2_UPWMR_LGTH_Pos;
length_msk = TZSC_MPCWM2_UPWMR_LGTH_Msk;
break;
case SRAM2_BASE:
/* check descriptor content vs. memory capacity */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_MPCWM_SRAM2_AREAID(pMPCWM_Desc->AreaId));
/* Set local variable with Sram2 MPCWM characteristics */
gran_offset = GTZC_TZSC_MPCWM_GRANULARITY_SRAM2_OFFSET;
pregister = &(GTZC_TZSC->MPCWM3_UPWMR);
length_pos = TZSC_MPCWM3_UPWMR_LGTH_Pos;
length_msk = TZSC_MPCWM3_UPWMR_LGTH_Msk;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
if(status != HAL_ERROR)
{
/* Store length */
reg_value = (*pregister & length_msk) >> length_pos;
pMPCWM_Desc->Length = (reg_value << gran_offset);
}
else
{
/* Do nothing */
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GTZC_Exported_Functions_Group3 TZSC and TZSC-MPCWM Lock functions
* @brief TZSC-MPCWM Lock functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### TZSC and TZSC-MPCWM Lock functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to manage the common TZSC and TZSC-MPCWM lock.
It includes lock enable, and current value read.
TZSC: Security Controller
MPCWM: Memory Protection Controller WaterMark
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Get TZSC and TZSC-MPCWM configuration lock state.
* @param TZSCx TZSC sub-block instance.
* @retval Lock State (GTZC_TZSC_LOCK_OFF or GTZC_TZSC_LOCK_ON)
*/
uint32_t HAL_GTZC_TZSC_GetLock(GTZC_TZSC_TypeDef *TZSCx)
{
return (READ_BIT(TZSCx->CR, TZSC_CR_LCK_Msk) >> TZSC_CR_LCK_Pos);
}
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
/**
* @brief Lock TZSC and TZSC-MPCWM configuration.
* @param TZSCx TZSC sub-block instance.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GTZC_TZSC_Lock(GTZC_TZSC_TypeDef *TZSCx)
{
SET_BIT(TZSCx->CR, TZSC_CR_LCK_Msk);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GTZC_Exported_Functions_Group4 TZIC Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief TZIC Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### TZIC Initialization and Configuration functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/configure TZIC
TZIC: Security Interrupt Controller
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Disable an IT on a single TZIC peripheral or on all peripherals.
* @param PeriphId Peripheral identifier.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref GTZC_Peripheral_Identification
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GTZC_TZIC_DisableIT(uint32_t PeriphId)
{
/* check entry parameter */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_TZIC_PERIPHERAL(PeriphId));
if ((PeriphId & GTZC_PERIPH_ALL) != 0x00U)
{
/* special case where the same configuration is applied to all peripherals */
WRITE_REG(GTZC_TZIC->IER1, 0U);
}
else
{
uint32_t register_address;
/* common case where only one peripheral is configured */
register_address = (uint32_t)&(GTZC_TZIC->IER1) + (4U * GTZC_GET_REG_INDEX(PeriphId));
CLEAR_BIT(*(uint32_t *)register_address, 1UL << GTZC_GET_PERIPH_POS(PeriphId));
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable an interrupt on a single TZIC peripheral or on all peripherals.
* @param PeriphId Peripheral identifier.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref GTZC_Peripheral_Identification
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GTZC_TZIC_EnableIT(uint32_t PeriphId)
{
/* check entry parameter */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_TZIC_PERIPHERAL(PeriphId));
if ((PeriphId & GTZC_PERIPH_ALL) != 0x00U)
{
/* special case where the same configuration is applied to all peripherals */
WRITE_REG(GTZC_TZIC->IER1, TZIC_IER1_ALL_Msk);
}
else
{
uint32_t register_address;
/* common case where only one peripheral is configured */
register_address = (uint32_t)&(GTZC_TZIC->IER1) + (4U * GTZC_GET_REG_INDEX(PeriphId));
SET_BIT(*(uint32_t *)register_address, 1UL << GTZC_GET_PERIPH_POS(PeriphId));
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Get interrupt flag on a single TZIC peripheral or on all peripherals.
* @param PeriphId Peripheral identifier.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref GTZC_Peripheral_Identification
* @param pFlag Pointer to the flags.
* If PeriphId target a single peripheral, pointer on a single element.
* If all peripherals selected, pointer to an array of GTZC_PERIPH_TZIC_MAX elements
* Element content is either GTZC_TZIC_NO_ILA_EVENT or GTZC_TZIC_ILA_EVENT_PENDING
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GTZC_TZIC_GetFlag(uint32_t PeriphId, uint32_t *pFlag)
{
/* check entry parameter */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_TZIC_PERIPHERAL(PeriphId));
if ((PeriphId & GTZC_PERIPH_ALL) != 0x00U)
{
uint32_t i;
uint32_t reg_value;
/* special case where it is applied to all peripherals */
reg_value = READ_REG(GTZC_TZIC->MISR1);
for (i = 0U; i < GTZC_TZIC_PERIPH_NUMBER; i++)
{
pFlag[i] = (reg_value & (1UL << i)) >> i;
}
}
else
{
uint32_t register_address;
/* common case where only one peripheral is concerned */
register_address = (uint32_t)&(GTZC_TZIC->MISR1) + (4U * GTZC_GET_REG_INDEX(PeriphId));
*pFlag = READ_BIT(*(uint32_t *)register_address, 1UL << GTZC_GET_PERIPH_POS(PeriphId)) >> GTZC_GET_PERIPH_POS(PeriphId);
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Clear interrupt flag on a single TZIC peripheral or on all peripherals.
* @param PeriphId Peripheral identifier.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref GTZC_Peripheral_Identification
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GTZC_TZIC_ClearFlag(uint32_t PeriphId)
{
/* check entry parameter */
assert_param(IS_GTZC_TZIC_PERIPHERAL(PeriphId));
if ((PeriphId & GTZC_PERIPH_ALL) != 0x00U)
{
/* special case where the same configuration is applied to all peripherals */
WRITE_REG(GTZC_TZIC->ICR1, TZIC_IER1_ALL_Msk);
}
else
{
uint32_t register_address;
/* common case where only one peripheral is configured */
register_address = (uint32_t)&(GTZC_TZIC->ICR1) + (4U * GTZC_GET_REG_INDEX(PeriphId));
SET_BIT(*(uint32_t *)register_address, 1UL << GTZC_GET_PERIPH_POS(PeriphId));
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GTZC_Exported_Functions_Group5 TZIC IRQ Handler and Callback
* @brief TZIC IRQ Handler and Callback
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### TZIC IRQ Handler and Callback functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to treat ISR and provide user callback
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Handle GTZC TZIC interrupt request.
* @param none
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GTZC_IRQHandler(void)
{
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
uint32_t flag;
/* Get Mask interrupt and then clear them */
flag = GTZC_TZIC->MISR1;
GTZC_TZIC->ICR1 = flag;
/* Loop on flag to check, which ones have been raised */
while ((flag >> position) != 0x00u)
{
if ((flag & (1UL << position)) != 0x00u)
{
HAL_GTZC_TZIC_Callback(GTZC_PERIPH_REG1 | position);
}
/* Position bit to be updated */
position++;
}
}
/**
* @brief GTZC TZIC Illegal Access callback.
* @param PeriphId Peripheral identifier.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref GTZC_Peripheral_Identification
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_GTZC_TZIC_Callback(uint32_t PeriphId)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(PeriphId);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_GTZC_TZIC_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_GTZC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* GTZC_TZSC */

369
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_hsem.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_hsem.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HSEM HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the semaphore peripheral:
* + Semaphore Take function (2-Step Procedure) , non blocking
* + Semaphore FastTake function (1-Step Procedure) , non blocking
* + Semaphore Status check
* + Semaphore Clear Key Set and Get
* + Release and release all functions
* + Semaphore notification enabling and disabling and callnack functions
* + IRQ handler management
*
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#)Take a semaphore In 2-Step mode Using function HAL_HSEM_Take. This function takes as parameters :
(++) the semaphore ID from 0 to 15
(++) the process ID from 0 to 255
(#) Fast Take semaphore In 1-Step mode Using function HAL_HSEM_FastTake. This function takes as parameter :
(++) the semaphore ID from 0_ID to 15. Note that the process ID value is implicitly assumed as zero
(#) Check if a semaphore is Taken using function HAL_HSEM_IsSemTaken. This function takes as parameter :
(++) the semaphore ID from 0_ID to 15
(++) It returns 1 if the given semaphore is taken otherwise (Free) zero
(#)Release a semaphore using function with HAL_HSEM_Release. This function takes as parameters :
(++) the semaphore ID from 0 to 15
(++) the process ID from 0 to 255:
(++) Note: If ProcessID and MasterID match, semaphore is freed, and an interrupt
may be generated when enabled (notification activated). If ProcessID or MasterID does not match,
semaphore remains taken (locked)
(#)Release all semaphores at once taken by a given Master using function HAL_HSEM_Release_All
This function takes as parameters :
(++) the Release Key (value from 0 to 0xFFFF) can be Set or Get respectively by
HAL_HSEM_SetClearKey() or HAL_HSEM_GetClearKey functions
(++) the Master ID:
(++) Note: If the Key and MasterID match, all semaphores taken by the given CPU that corresponds
to MasterID will be freed, and an interrupt may be generated when enabled (notification activated). If the
Key or the MasterID doesn't match, semaphores remains taken (locked)
(#)Semaphores Release all key functions:
(++) HAL_HSEM_SetClearKey() to set semaphore release all Key
(++) HAL_HSEM_GetClearKey() to get release all Key
(#)Semaphores notification functions :
(++) HAL_HSEM_ActivateNotification to activate a notification callback on
a given semaphores Mask (bitfield). When one or more semaphores defined by the mask are released
the callback HAL_HSEM_FreeCallback will be asserted giving as parameters a mask of the released
semaphores (bitfield).
(++) HAL_HSEM_DeactivateNotification to deactivate the notification of a given semaphores Mask (bitfield).
(++) See the description of the macro __HAL_HSEM_SEMID_TO_MASK to check how to calculate a semaphore mask
Used by the notification functions
*** HSEM HAL driver macros list ***
=============================================
[..] Below the list of most used macros in HSEM HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_HSEM_SEMID_TO_MASK: Helper macro to convert a Semaphore ID to a Mask.
[..] Example of use :
[..] mask = __HAL_HSEM_SEMID_TO_MASK(8) | __HAL_HSEM_SEMID_TO_MASK(21) | __HAL_HSEM_SEMID_TO_MASK(25).
[..] All next macros take as parameter a semaphore Mask (bitfiled) that can be constructed using __HAL_HSEM_SEMID_TO_MASK as the above example.
(+) __HAL_HSEM_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified semaphores Mask interrupts.
(+) __HAL_HSEM_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified semaphores Mask interrupts.
(+) __HAL_HSEM_GET_IT: Checks whether the specified semaphore interrupt has occurred or not.
(+) __HAL_HSEM_GET_FLAG: Get the semaphores status release flags.
(+) __HAL_HSEM_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the semaphores status release flags.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HSEM HSEM
* @brief HSEM HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_HSEM_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
/** @defgroup HSEM_Private_Constants HSEM Private Constants
* @{
*/
#ifndef HSEM_R_MASTERID
#define HSEM_R_MASTERID HSEM_R_COREID
#endif
#ifndef HSEM_RLR_MASTERID
#define HSEM_RLR_MASTERID HSEM_RLR_COREID
#endif
#ifndef HSEM_CR_MASTERID
#define HSEM_CR_MASTERID HSEM_CR_COREID
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DUAL_CORE */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HSEM_Exported_Functions HSEM Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HSEM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Take and Release functions
* @brief HSEM Take and Release functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### HSEM Take and Release functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Take a semaphore with 2 Step method
(+) Fast Take a semaphore with 1 Step method
(+) Check semaphore state Taken or not
(+) Release a semaphore
(+) Release all semaphore at once
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Take a semaphore in 2 Step mode.
* @param SemID: semaphore ID from 0 to 15
* @param ProcessID: Process ID from 0 to 255
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HSEM_Take(uint32_t SemID, uint32_t ProcessID)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_HSEM_SEMID(SemID));
assert_param(IS_HSEM_PROCESSID(ProcessID));
/* First step write R register with MasterID, processID and take bit=1*/
HSEM->R[SemID] = (ProcessID | HSEM_CR_COREID_CURRENT | HSEM_R_LOCK);
/* second step : read the R register . Take achieved if MasterID and processID match and take bit set to 1 */
if (HSEM->R[SemID] == (ProcessID | HSEM_CR_COREID_CURRENT | HSEM_R_LOCK))
{
/*take success when MasterID and ProcessID match and take bit set*/
return HAL_OK;
}
/* Semaphore take fails*/
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/**
* @brief Fast Take a semaphore with 1 Step mode.
* @param SemID: semaphore ID from 0 to 15
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HSEM_FastTake(uint32_t SemID)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_HSEM_SEMID(SemID));
/* Read the RLR register to take the semaphore */
if (HSEM->RLR[SemID] == (HSEM_CR_COREID_CURRENT | HSEM_RLR_LOCK))
{
/*take success when MasterID match and take bit set*/
return HAL_OK;
}
/* Semaphore take fails */
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/**
* @brief Check semaphore state Taken or not.
* @param SemID: semaphore ID
* @retval HAL HSEM state
*/
uint32_t HAL_HSEM_IsSemTaken(uint32_t SemID)
{
return (((HSEM->R[SemID] & HSEM_R_LOCK) != 0U) ? 1UL : 0UL);
}
/**
* @brief Release a semaphore.
* @param SemID: semaphore ID from 0 to 15
* @param ProcessID: Process ID from 0 to 255
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_HSEM_Release(uint32_t SemID, uint32_t ProcessID)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_HSEM_SEMID(SemID));
assert_param(IS_HSEM_PROCESSID(ProcessID));
/* Clear the semaphore by writing to the R register : the MasterID , the processID and take bit = 0 */
HSEM->R[SemID] = (ProcessID | HSEM_CR_COREID_CURRENT);
}
/**
* @brief Release All semaphore used by a given Master .
* @param Key: Semaphore Key , value from 0 to 0xFFFF
* @param CoreID: CoreID of the CPU that is using semaphores to be released
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_HSEM_ReleaseAll(uint32_t Key, uint32_t CoreID)
{
assert_param(IS_HSEM_KEY(Key));
assert_param(IS_HSEM_COREID(CoreID));
HSEM->CR = ((Key << HSEM_CR_KEY_Pos) | (CoreID << HSEM_CR_COREID_Pos));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HSEM_Exported_Functions_Group2 HSEM Set and Get Key functions
* @brief HSEM Set and Get Key functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### HSEM Set and Get Key functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Set semaphore Key
(+) Get semaphore Key
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set semaphore Key .
* @param Key: Semaphore Key , value from 0 to 0xFFFF
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_HSEM_SetClearKey(uint32_t Key)
{
assert_param(IS_HSEM_KEY(Key));
MODIFY_REG(HSEM->KEYR, HSEM_KEYR_KEY, (Key << HSEM_KEYR_KEY_Pos));
}
/**
* @brief Get semaphore Key .
* @retval Semaphore Key , value from 0 to 0xFFFF
*/
uint32_t HAL_HSEM_GetClearKey(void)
{
return (HSEM->KEYR >> HSEM_KEYR_KEY_Pos);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HSEM_Exported_Functions_Group3 HSEM IRQ handler management
* @brief HSEM Notification functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### HSEM IRQ handler management and Notification functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides HSEM IRQ handler and Notification function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Activate Semaphore release Notification for a given Semaphores Mask .
* @param SemMask: Mask of Released semaphores
* @retval Semaphore Key
*/
void HAL_HSEM_ActivateNotification(uint32_t SemMask)
{
HSEM_COMMON->IER |= SemMask;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivate Semaphore release Notification for a given Semaphores Mask .
* @param SemMask: Mask of Released semaphores
* @retval Semaphore Key
*/
void HAL_HSEM_DeactivateNotification(uint32_t SemMask)
{
HSEM_COMMON->IER &= ~SemMask;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles HSEM interrupt request
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_HSEM_IRQHandler(void)
{
uint32_t statusreg;
/* Get the list of masked freed semaphores*/
statusreg = HSEM_COMMON->MISR;
/*Disable Interrupts*/
HSEM_COMMON->IER &= ~((uint32_t)statusreg);
/*Clear Flags*/
HSEM_COMMON->ICR = ((uint32_t)statusreg);
/* Call FreeCallback */
HAL_HSEM_FreeCallback(statusreg);
}
/**
* @brief Semaphore Released Callback.
* @param SemMask: Mask of Released semaphores
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_HSEM_FreeCallback(uint32_t SemMask)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(SemMask);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_HSEM_FreeCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_HSEM_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

6884
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_i2c.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

358
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_i2c_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_i2c_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
* + Filter Mode Functions
* + WakeUp Mode Functions
* + FastModePlus Functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### I2C peripheral Extended features #####
==============================================================================
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32WLxx
devices contains the following additional features
(+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
(+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
(+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
(+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
(#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
(#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
(#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
(#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
@endverbatim
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Filter Mode Functions
* @brief Filter Mode Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Filter Mode Functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Noise Filters
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @param AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
/* Set analog filter bit*/
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
{
uint32_t tmpreg;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Get the old register value */
tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
/* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
/* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
/* Store the new register value */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 WakeUp Mode Functions
* @brief WakeUp Mode Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### WakeUp Mode Functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Wake Up Feature
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Disable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Fast Mode Plus Functions
* @brief Fast Mode Plus Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Fast Mode Plus Functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
* I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
* can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
* I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
* can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1856
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_i2s.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

781
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_ipcc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,781 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_ipcc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief IPCC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Inter-Processor communication controller
* peripherals (IPCC).
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Configuration, notification and interrupts handling
* + Peripheral State and Error functions
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The IPCC HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Declare a IPCC_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: IPCC_HandleTypeDef hipcc;
(#) Initialize the IPCC low level resources by implementing the HAL_IPCC_MspInit() API:
(##) Enable the IPCC interface clock
(##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
(+++) Configure the IPCC interrupt priority
(+++) Enable the NVIC IPCC IRQ
(#) Initialize the IPCC registers by calling the HAL_IPCC_Init() API which trig
HAL_IPCC_MspInit().
(#) Implement the interrupt callbacks for transmission and reception to use the driver in interrupt mode
(#) Associate those callback to the corresponding channel and direction using HAL_IPCC_ConfigChannel().
This is the interrupt mode.
If no callback are configured for a given channel and direction, it is up to the user to poll the
status of the communication (polling mode).
(#) Notify the other MCU when a message is available in a chosen channel
or when a message has been retrieved from a chosen channel by calling
the HAL_IPCC_NotifyCPU() API.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
#if defined(IPCC)
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup IPCC
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_IPCC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup IPCC_Private_Constants IPCC Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define IPCC_ALL_RX_BUF 0x0000003FU /*!< Mask for all RX buffers. */
#define IPCC_ALL_TX_BUF 0x003F0000U /*!< Mask for all TX buffers. */
#define CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk 0x0000000FU /*!< Mask the channel index to avoid overflow */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup IPCC_Private_Functions IPCC Private Functions
* @{
*/
void IPCC_MaskInterrupt(uint32_t ChannelIndex, IPCC_CHANNELDirTypeDef ChannelDir);
void IPCC_UnmaskInterrupt(uint32_t ChannelIndex, IPCC_CHANNELDirTypeDef ChannelDir);
void IPCC_SetDefaultCallbacks(IPCC_HandleTypeDef *hipcc);
void IPCC_Reset_Register(IPCC_CommonTypeDef *Instance);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IPCC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup IPCC_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
deinitialize the IPCC peripheral:
(+) User must Implement HAL_IPCC_MspInit() function in which he configures
all related peripherals resources (CLOCK and NVIC ).
(+) Call the function HAL_IPCC_Init() to configure the IPCC register.
(+) Call the function HAL_PKA_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
of the selected IPCC peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the IPCC peripheral.
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IPCC_Init(IPCC_HandleTypeDef *hipcc)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef err = HAL_OK;
/* Check the IPCC handle allocation */
if (hipcc != NULL)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IPCC_ALL_INSTANCE(hipcc->Instance));
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C2;
#else
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C1;
#endif
if (hipcc->State == HAL_IPCC_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Init the low level hardware : CLOCK, NVIC */
HAL_IPCC_MspInit(hipcc);
}
/* Reset all registers of the current cpu to default state */
IPCC_Reset_Register(currentInstance);
/* Activate the interrupts */
currentInstance->CR |= (IPCC_CR_RXOIE | IPCC_CR_TXFIE);
/* Clear callback pointers */
IPCC_SetDefaultCallbacks(hipcc);
/* Reset all callback notification request */
hipcc->callbackRequest = 0;
hipcc->State = HAL_IPCC_STATE_READY;
}
else
{
err = HAL_ERROR;
}
return err;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the IPCC peripheral.
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IPCC_DeInit(IPCC_HandleTypeDef *hipcc)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef err = HAL_OK;
/* Check the IPCC handle allocation */
if (hipcc != NULL)
{
assert_param(IS_IPCC_ALL_INSTANCE(hipcc->Instance));
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C2;
#else
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C1;
#endif
/* Set the state to busy */
hipcc->State = HAL_IPCC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset all registers of the current cpu to default state */
IPCC_Reset_Register(currentInstance);
/* Clear callback pointers */
IPCC_SetDefaultCallbacks(hipcc);
/* Reset all callback notification request */
hipcc->callbackRequest = 0;
/* DeInit the low level hardware : CLOCK, NVIC */
HAL_IPCC_MspDeInit(hipcc);
hipcc->State = HAL_IPCC_STATE_RESET;
}
else
{
err = HAL_ERROR;
}
return err;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the IPCC MSP.
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_IPCC_MspInit(IPCC_HandleTypeDef *hipcc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hipcc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed
the HAL_IPCC_MspInit should be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief IPCC MSP DeInit
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_IPCC_MspDeInit(IPCC_HandleTypeDef *hipcc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hipcc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed
the HAL_IPCC_MspDeInit should be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IPCC_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief Configuration, notification and Irq handling functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions to allow two MCU to communicate.
(#) For a given channel (from 0 to IPCC_CHANNEL_NUMBER), for a given direction
IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX or IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_RX, you can choose to communicate
in polling mode or in interrupt mode using IPCC.
By default, the IPCC HAL driver handle the communication in polling mode.
By setting a callback for a channel/direction, this communication use
the interrupt mode.
(#) Polling mode:
(++) To transmit information, use HAL_IPCC_NotifyCPU() with
IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX. To know when the other processor has handled
the notification, poll the communication using HAL_IPCC_NotifyCPU
with IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX.
(++) To receive information, poll the status of the communication with
HAL_IPCC_GetChannelStatus with IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_RX. To notify the other
processor that the information has been received, use HAL_IPCC_NotifyCPU
with IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_RX.
(#) Interrupt mode:
(++) Configure a callback for the channel and the direction using HAL_IPCC_ConfigChannel().
This callback will be triggered under interrupt.
(++) To transmit information, use HAL_IPCC_NotifyCPU() with
IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX. The callback configured with HAL_IPCC_ConfigChannel() and
IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX will be triggered once the communication has been handled by the
other processor.
(++) To receive information, the callback configured with HAL_IPCC_ConfigChannel() and
IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_RX will be triggered on reception of a communication.To notify the other
processor that the information has been received, use HAL_IPCC_NotifyCPU
with IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_RX.
(++) HAL_IPCC_TX_IRQHandler must be added to the IPCC TX IRQHandler
(++) HAL_IPCC_RX_IRQHandler must be added to the IPCC RX IRQHandler
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Activate the callback notification on receive/transmit interrupt
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
* @param ChannelIndex Channel number
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_1: IPCC Channel 1
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_2: IPCC Channel 2
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_3: IPCC Channel 3
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_4: IPCC Channel 4
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_5: IPCC Channel 5
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_6: IPCC Channel 6
* @param ChannelDir Channel direction
* @param cb Interrupt callback
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IPCC_ActivateNotification(IPCC_HandleTypeDef *hipcc, uint32_t ChannelIndex, IPCC_CHANNELDirTypeDef ChannelDir, ChannelCb cb)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef err = HAL_OK;
/* Check the IPCC handle allocation */
if (hipcc != NULL)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IPCC_ALL_INSTANCE(hipcc->Instance));
/* Check IPCC state */
if (hipcc->State == HAL_IPCC_STATE_READY)
{
/* Set callback and register masking information */
if (ChannelDir == IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX)
{
hipcc->ChannelCallbackTx[ChannelIndex] = cb;
hipcc->callbackRequest |= (IPCC_MR_CH1FM_Msk << (ChannelIndex & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk));
}
else
{
hipcc->ChannelCallbackRx[ChannelIndex] = cb;
hipcc->callbackRequest |= (IPCC_MR_CH1OM_Msk << (ChannelIndex & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk));
}
/* Unmask only the channels in reception (Transmission channel mask/unmask is done in HAL_IPCC_NotifyCPU) */
if (ChannelDir == IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_RX)
{
IPCC_UnmaskInterrupt(ChannelIndex, ChannelDir);
}
}
else
{
err = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
err = HAL_ERROR;
}
return err;
}
/**
* @brief Remove the callback notification on receive/transmit interrupt
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
* @param ChannelIndex Channel number
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_1: IPCC Channel 1
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_2: IPCC Channel 2
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_3: IPCC Channel 3
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_4: IPCC Channel 4
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_5: IPCC Channel 5
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_6: IPCC Channel 6
* @param ChannelDir Channel direction
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IPCC_DeActivateNotification(IPCC_HandleTypeDef *hipcc, uint32_t ChannelIndex, IPCC_CHANNELDirTypeDef ChannelDir)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef err = HAL_OK;
/* Check the IPCC handle allocation */
if (hipcc != NULL)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IPCC_ALL_INSTANCE(hipcc->Instance));
/* Check IPCC state */
if (hipcc->State == HAL_IPCC_STATE_READY)
{
/* Set default callback and register masking information */
if (ChannelDir == IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX)
{
hipcc->ChannelCallbackTx[ChannelIndex] = HAL_IPCC_TxCallback;
hipcc->callbackRequest &= ~(IPCC_MR_CH1FM_Msk << (ChannelIndex & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk));
}
else
{
hipcc->ChannelCallbackRx[ChannelIndex] = HAL_IPCC_RxCallback;
hipcc->callbackRequest &= ~(IPCC_MR_CH1OM_Msk << (ChannelIndex & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk));
}
/* Mask the interrupt */
IPCC_MaskInterrupt(ChannelIndex, ChannelDir);
}
else
{
err = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
err = HAL_ERROR;
}
return err;
}
/**
* @brief Get state of IPCC channel
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
* @param ChannelIndex Channel number
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_1: IPCC Channel 1
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_2: IPCC Channel 2
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_3: IPCC Channel 3
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_4: IPCC Channel 4
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_5: IPCC Channel 5
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_6: IPCC Channel 6
* @param ChannelDir Channel direction
* @retval Channel status
*/
IPCC_CHANNELStatusTypeDef HAL_IPCC_GetChannelStatus(IPCC_HandleTypeDef const *const hipcc, uint32_t ChannelIndex, IPCC_CHANNELDirTypeDef ChannelDir)
{
uint32_t channel_state;
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C2;
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *otherInstance = IPCC_C1;
#else
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C1;
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *otherInstance = IPCC_C2;
#endif
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IPCC_ALL_INSTANCE(hipcc->Instance));
/* Read corresponding channel depending of the MCU and the direction */
if (ChannelDir == IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX)
{
channel_state = (currentInstance->SR) & (IPCC_SR_CH1F_Msk << (ChannelIndex & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk));
}
else
{
channel_state = (otherInstance->SR) & (IPCC_SR_CH1F_Msk << (ChannelIndex & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk));
}
return (channel_state == 0UL) ? IPCC_CHANNEL_STATUS_FREE : IPCC_CHANNEL_STATUS_OCCUPIED ;
}
/**
* @brief Notify remote processor
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
* @param ChannelIndex Channel number
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_1: IPCC Channel 1
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_2: IPCC Channel 2
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_3: IPCC Channel 3
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_4: IPCC Channel 4
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_5: IPCC Channel 5
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_6: IPCC Channel 6
* @param ChannelDir Channel direction
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IPCC_NotifyCPU(IPCC_HandleTypeDef const *const hipcc, uint32_t ChannelIndex, IPCC_CHANNELDirTypeDef ChannelDir)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef err = HAL_OK;
uint32_t mask;
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C2;
#else
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C1;
#endif
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IPCC_ALL_INSTANCE(hipcc->Instance));
/* Check if IPCC is initialized */
if (hipcc->State == HAL_IPCC_STATE_READY)
{
/* For IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX, set the status. For IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_RX, clear the status */
currentInstance->SCR |= ((ChannelDir == IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX) ? IPCC_SCR_CH1S : IPCC_SCR_CH1C) << (ChannelIndex & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk) ;
/* Unmask interrupt if the callback is requested */
mask = ((ChannelDir == IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX) ? IPCC_MR_CH1FM_Msk : IPCC_MR_CH1OM_Msk) << (ChannelIndex & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk) ;
if ((hipcc->callbackRequest & mask) == mask)
{
IPCC_UnmaskInterrupt(ChannelIndex, ChannelDir);
}
}
else
{
err = HAL_ERROR;
}
return err;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IPCC_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function handles IPCC Tx Free interrupt request.
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_IPCC_TX_IRQHandler(IPCC_HandleTypeDef *const hipcc)
{
uint32_t irqmask;
uint32_t bit_pos;
uint32_t ch_count = 0U;
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C2;
#else
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C1;
#endif
/* check the Tx free channels which are not masked */
irqmask = ~(currentInstance->MR) & IPCC_ALL_TX_BUF;
irqmask = irqmask & ~(currentInstance->SR << IPCC_MR_CH1FM_Pos);
while (irqmask != 0UL) /* if several bits are set, it loops to serve all of them */
{
bit_pos = 1UL << (IPCC_MR_CH1FM_Pos + (ch_count & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk));
if ((irqmask & bit_pos) != 0U)
{
/* mask the channel Free interrupt */
currentInstance->MR |= bit_pos;
if (hipcc->ChannelCallbackTx[ch_count] != NULL)
{
hipcc->ChannelCallbackTx[ch_count](hipcc, ch_count, IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX);
}
irqmask = irqmask & ~(bit_pos);
}
ch_count++;
}
}
/**
* @brief This function handles IPCC Rx Occupied interrupt request.
* @param hipcc : IPCC handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_IPCC_RX_IRQHandler(IPCC_HandleTypeDef *const hipcc)
{
uint32_t irqmask;
uint32_t bit_pos;
uint32_t ch_count = 0U;
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C2;
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *otherInstance = IPCC_C1;
#else
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C1;
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *otherInstance = IPCC_C2;
#endif
/* check the Rx occupied channels which are not masked */
irqmask = ~(currentInstance->MR) & IPCC_ALL_RX_BUF;
irqmask = irqmask & otherInstance->SR;
while (irqmask != 0UL) /* if several bits are set, it loops to serve all of them */
{
bit_pos = 1UL << (ch_count & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk);
if ((irqmask & bit_pos) != 0U)
{
/* mask the channel occupied interrupt */
currentInstance->MR |= bit_pos;
if (hipcc->ChannelCallbackRx[ch_count] != NULL)
{
hipcc->ChannelCallbackRx[ch_count](hipcc, ch_count, IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_RX);
}
irqmask = irqmask & ~(bit_pos);
}
ch_count++;
}
}
/**
* @brief Rx occupied callback
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
* @param ChannelIndex Channel number
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_1: IPCC Channel 1
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_2: IPCC Channel 2
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_3: IPCC Channel 3
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_4: IPCC Channel 4
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_5: IPCC Channel 5
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_6: IPCC Channel 6
* @param ChannelDir Channel direction
*/
__weak void HAL_IPCC_RxCallback(IPCC_HandleTypeDef *hipcc, uint32_t ChannelIndex, IPCC_CHANNELDirTypeDef ChannelDir)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hipcc);
UNUSED(ChannelIndex);
UNUSED(ChannelDir);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_IPCC_RxCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Tx free callback
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
* @param ChannelIndex Channel number
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_1: IPCC Channel 1
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_2: IPCC Channel 2
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_3: IPCC Channel 3
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_4: IPCC Channel 4
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_5: IPCC Channel 5
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_6: IPCC Channel 6
* @param ChannelDir Channel direction
*/
__weak void HAL_IPCC_TxCallback(IPCC_HandleTypeDef *hipcc, uint32_t ChannelIndex, IPCC_CHANNELDirTypeDef ChannelDir)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hipcc);
UNUSED(ChannelIndex);
UNUSED(ChannelDir);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_IPCC_TxCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IPCC_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @brief IPCC Peripheral State and Error functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral State and Error functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the IPCC handle state.
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
* @retval IPCC handle state
*/
HAL_IPCC_StateTypeDef HAL_IPCC_GetState(IPCC_HandleTypeDef const *const hipcc)
{
return hipcc->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IPCC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Mask IPCC interrupts.
* @param ChannelIndex Channel number
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_1: IPCC Channel 1
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_2: IPCC Channel 2
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_3: IPCC Channel 3
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_4: IPCC Channel 4
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_5: IPCC Channel 5
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_6: IPCC Channel 6
* @param ChannelDir Channel direction
*/
void IPCC_MaskInterrupt(uint32_t ChannelIndex, IPCC_CHANNELDirTypeDef ChannelDir)
{
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C2;
#else
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C1;
#endif
if (ChannelDir == IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX)
{
/* Mask interrupt */
currentInstance->MR |= (IPCC_MR_CH1FM_Msk << (ChannelIndex & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk));
}
else
{
/* Mask interrupt */
currentInstance->MR |= (IPCC_MR_CH1OM_Msk << (ChannelIndex & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk));
}
}
/**
* @brief Unmask IPCC interrupts.
* @param ChannelIndex Channel number
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_1: IPCC Channel 1
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_2: IPCC Channel 2
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_3: IPCC Channel 3
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_4: IPCC Channel 4
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_5: IPCC Channel 5
* @arg IPCC_CHANNEL_6: IPCC Channel 6
* @param ChannelDir Channel direction
*/
void IPCC_UnmaskInterrupt(uint32_t ChannelIndex, IPCC_CHANNELDirTypeDef ChannelDir)
{
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C2;
#else
IPCC_CommonTypeDef *currentInstance = IPCC_C1;
#endif
if (ChannelDir == IPCC_CHANNEL_DIR_TX)
{
/* Unmask interrupt */
currentInstance->MR &= ~(IPCC_MR_CH1FM_Msk << (ChannelIndex & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk));
}
else
{
/* Unmask interrupt */
currentInstance->MR &= ~(IPCC_MR_CH1OM_Msk << (ChannelIndex & CHANNEL_INDEX_Msk));
}
}
/**
* @brief Reset all callbacks of the handle to NULL.
* @param hipcc IPCC handle
*/
void IPCC_SetDefaultCallbacks(IPCC_HandleTypeDef *hipcc)
{
uint32_t i;
/* Set all callbacks to default */
for (i = 0; i < IPCC_CHANNEL_NUMBER; i++)
{
hipcc->ChannelCallbackRx[i] = HAL_IPCC_RxCallback;
hipcc->ChannelCallbackTx[i] = HAL_IPCC_TxCallback;
}
}
/**
* @brief Reset IPCC register to default value for the concerned instance.
* @param Instance pointer to register
*/
void IPCC_Reset_Register(IPCC_CommonTypeDef *Instance)
{
/* Disable RX and TX interrupts */
Instance->CR = 0x00000000U;
/* Mask RX and TX interrupts */
Instance->MR = (IPCC_ALL_TX_BUF | IPCC_ALL_RX_BUF);
/* Clear RX status */
Instance->SCR = IPCC_ALL_RX_BUF;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_IPCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* IPCC */

3039
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_irda.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

282
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_iwdg.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_iwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and Start functions
* + IO operation functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IWDG Generic features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
through option byte).
(+) The IWDG is clocked by the Low-Speed Internal clock (LSI) and thus stays
active even if the main clock fails.
(+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both cannot be
disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF).
When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is
generated (IWDG reset).
(+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register,
the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded into the counter and the watchdog reset
is prevented.
(+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake up the CPU from STANDBY).
IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
reset occurs.
(+) Debug mode: When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros.
[..] Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI clock frequency dispersion.
STM32WLxx devices provide the capability to measure the LSI clock
frequency (LSI clock is internally connected to TIM16 CH1 input capture).
The measured value can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an
acceptable accuracy.
[..] Default timeout value (necessary for IWDG_SR status register update):
Constant LSI_VALUE is defined based on the nominal LSI clock frequency.
This frequency being subject to variations as mentioned above, the
default timeout value (defined through constant HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
below) may become too short or too long.
In such cases, this default timeout value can be tuned by redefining
the constant LSI_VALUE at user-application level (based, for instance,
on the measured LSI clock frequency as explained above).
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
(++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI
clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts counting down.
(++) Enable write access to configuration registers:
IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR.
(++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload
value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is
reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
(++) Depending on window parameter:
(+++) If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value,
nothing more is done but reload counter value in order to exit
function with exact time base.
(+++) Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload
watchdog counter.
(++) Wait for status flags to be reset.
(#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
*** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
====================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
(+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
(+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
the reload register
@endverbatim
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @addtogroup IWDG
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
* @{
*/
/* Status register needs up to 5 LSI clock periods divided by the clock
prescaler to be updated. The number of LSI clock periods is upper-rounded to
6 for the timeout value calculation.
The timeout value is calculated using the highest prescaler (256) and
the LSI_VALUE constant. The value of this constant can be changed by the user
to take into account possible LSI clock period variations.
The timeout value is multiplied by 1000 to be converted in milliseconds.
LSI startup time is also considered here by adding LSI_STARTUP_TIME
converted in milliseconds. */
#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT (((6UL * 256UL * 1000UL) / LSI_VALUE) + ((LSI_STARTUP_TIME / 1000UL) + 1UL))
#define IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS (IWDG_SR_WVU | IWDG_SR_RVU | IWDG_SR_PVU)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Start functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Start functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
(+) Manage Window option.
(+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog
is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
* IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function,
* watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base.
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
if (hiwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW(hiwdg->Init.Window));
/* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automatically */
__HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
/* Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers by writing
0x5555 in KR */
IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
/* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */
hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler;
hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload;
/* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for register to be updated */
while ((hiwdg->Instance->SR & IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS) != 0x00u)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
{
if ((hiwdg->Instance->SR & IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS) != 0x00u)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* If window parameter is different than current value, modify window
register */
if (hiwdg->Instance->WINR != hiwdg->Init.Window)
{
/* Write to IWDG WINR the IWDG_Window value to compare with. In any case,
even if window feature is disabled, Watchdog will be reloaded by writing
windows register */
hiwdg->Instance->WINR = hiwdg->Init.Window;
}
else
{
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Refresh the IWDG.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Refresh the IWDG.
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

2692
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_lptim.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

98
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_msp_template.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_msp_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file contains the HAL System and Peripheral (PPP) MSP initialization
* and de-initialization functions.
* It should be copied to the application folder and renamed into 'stm32wlxx_hal_msp.c'.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL MSP
* @brief HAL MSP module.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Private_Functions HAL MSP Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the Global MSP.
* @note This function is called from HAL_Init() function to perform system
* level initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the Global MSP.
* @note This functiona is called from HAL_DeInit() function to perform system
* level de-initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the PPP MSP.
* @note This functiona is called from HAL_PPP_Init() function to perform
* peripheral(PPP) system level initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt)
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the PPP MSP.
* @note This functiona is called from HAL_PPP_DeInit() function to perform
* peripheral(PPP) system level de-initialization (GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt)
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
{
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

2525
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_pka.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

700
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_pwr.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PWR HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Private_Constants PWR Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* Definitions of PWR registers reset value */
#define PWR_CR1_RESET_VALUE (0x00000200)
#define PWR_CR2_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_CR3_RESET_VALUE (PWR_CR3_EIWUL)
#define PWR_CR4_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_CR5_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PUCRA_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PDCRA_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PUCRB_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PDCRB_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PUCRC_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PDCRC_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PUCRH_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PDCRH_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
#define PWR_C2CR1_RESET_VALUE (PWR_C2CR1_LPMS_2 | PWR_C2CR1_LPMS_1 | PWR_C2CR1_LPMS_0)
#define PWR_C2CR3_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitialize the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
/* Apply reset values to all PWR registers */
/* Note: Update of each register required since PWR global reset is not */
/* available at RCC level on this STM32 series. */
LL_PWR_WriteReg(CR1, PWR_CR1_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(CR2, PWR_CR2_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(CR3, PWR_CR3_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(CR4, PWR_CR4_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(CR5, PWR_CR5_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PUCRA, PWR_PUCRA_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PDCRA, PWR_PDCRA_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PUCRB, PWR_PUCRB_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PDCRB, PWR_PDCRB_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PUCRC, PWR_PUCRC_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PDCRC, PWR_PDCRC_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PUCRH, PWR_PUCRH_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PDCRH, PWR_PDCRH_RESET_VALUE);
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
LL_PWR_WriteReg(C2CR1, PWR_C2CR1_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(C2CR3, PWR_C2CR3_RESET_VALUE);
#endif
/* Clear all flags */
LL_PWR_WriteReg(SCR,
LL_PWR_SCR_CWUF
| LL_PWR_SCR_CWRFBUSYF
| LL_PWR_SCR_CWPVDF
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
| LL_PWR_SCR_CC2HF
#endif
);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(EXTSCR,
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
LL_PWR_EXTSCR_C2CSSF
#else
LL_PWR_EXTSCR_C1CSSF
#endif
);
}
/**
* @brief Enable access to the backup domain
* (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers).
* @note After reset, the backup domain is protected against
* possible unwanted write accesses.
* @note RTCSEL that sets the RTC clock source selection is in the RTC backup domain.
* In order to set or modify the RTC clock, the backup domain access must be
* disabled.
* @note LSEON bit that switches on and off the LSE crystal belongs as well to the
* backup domain.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
{
SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable access to the backup domain
* (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
*** PVD configuration ***
=========================
[..]
(+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in PWR_CR2 register).
(+) PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
(+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
*** WakeUp pin configuration ***
================================
[..]
(+) WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode or Shutdown mode.
The polarity of these pins can be set to configure event detection on high
level (rising edge) or low level (falling edge).
*** Low Power modes configuration ***
=====================================
[..]
The devices feature 8 low-power modes:
(+) Low-power Run mode: core and peripherals are running, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
(+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running, main and low power regulators on.
(+) Low-power Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
(+) Stop 0 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main and low power regulators on.
(+) Stop 1 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
(+) Stop 2 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator off, low power regulator on, reduced set of waking up IPs compared to Stop 1 mode.
(+) Standby mode with SRAM2: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, SRAM2 content preserved, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
(+) Standby mode without SRAM2: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main and low power regulators off.
(+) Shutdown mode: all clocks are stopped except LSE, main and low power regulators off.
(+) Note: system power mode depends on each sub-system (CPU1, CPU2, radio) power modes.
Each CPU request to enter in a low-power mode will make system enter in the equivalent low-power mode
if all other sub-systems are aligned.
*** Low-power run mode ***
==========================
[..]
(+) Entry: (from main run mode)
(++) set LPR bit with HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() API after having decreased the system clock below 2 MHz.
(+) Exit:
(++) clear LPR bit then wait for REGLP bit to be reset with HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API. Only
then can the system clock frequency be increased above 2 MHz.
*** Sleep mode / Low-power sleep mode ***
=========================================
[..]
(+) Entry:
The Sleep mode / Low-power Sleep mode is entered through HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API
in specifying whether or not the regulator is forced to low-power mode and if exit is interrupt or event-triggered.
(++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Sleep mode (regulator in main mode).
(++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low-power sleep (regulator in low power mode).
In the latter case, the system clock frequency must have been decreased below 2 MHz beforehand.
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
(+) WFI Exit:
(++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
controller (NVIC) or any wake-up event.
(+) WFE Exit:
(++) Any wake-up event such as an EXTI line configured in event mode.
[..] When exiting the Low-power sleep mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
the MCU is in Low-power Run mode.
*** Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes ***
===============================
[..]
(+) Entry:
The Stop 0, Stop 1 or Stop 2 modes are entered through the following API's:
(++) HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode() for mode 0, HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode() for mode 1, HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP2Mode() for mode 2
or for porting reasons HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode().
(+) Regulator setting (applicable to HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode() only):
(++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Regulator in main mode (STOP0 mode)
(++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Regulator in low-power mode (STOP1 mode)
(+) Exit (interrupt or event-triggered, specified when entering STOP mode):
(++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
(+) WFI Exit:
(++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt mode.
(++) Some specific communication peripherals (USART, LPUART, I2C) interrupts
when programmed in wakeup mode.
(+) WFE Exit:
(++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode.
[..]
When exiting Stop 0 and Stop 1 modes, the MCU is either in Run mode or in Low-power Run mode
depending on the LPR bit setting.
When exiting Stop 2 mode, the MCU is in Run mode.
*** Standby mode ***
====================
[..] The Standby mode offers two options:
(+) option a) all clocks off except LSI and LSE, RRS bit set (keeps voltage regulator in low power mode).
SRAM and registers contents are lost except for the SRAM2 content, the RTC registers, RTC backup registers
and Standby circuitry.
(+) option b) all clocks off except LSI and LSE, RRS bit cleared (voltage regulator then disabled).
SRAM and register contents are lost except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers
and Standby circuitry.
(++) Entry:
(+++) The Standby mode is entered through HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() API.
SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and
Standby circuitry. SRAM2 content can be preserved if the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register.
To enable this feature, the user can resort to HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAMRetention() API
to set RRS bit.
(++) Exit:
(+++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm or wakeup, tamper event, time-stamp event,
external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
[..] After waking up from Standby mode, program execution restarts in the same way as after a Reset.
*** Shutdown mode ***
======================
[..]
In Shutdown mode,
voltage regulator is disabled, all clocks are off except LSE, RRS bit is cleared.
SRAM and registers contents are lost except for backup domain registers.
(+) Entry:
The Shutdown mode is entered through HAL_PWREx_EnterSHUTDOWNMode() API.
(+) Exit:
(++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm or wakeup, tamper event, time-stamp event,
external reset in NRST pin.
[..] After waking up from Shutdown mode, program execution restarts in the same way as after a Reset.
*** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
=============================================
[..]
The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
Wakeup event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on
an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
(+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop, Standby and Shutdown modes
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
* @param sConfigPVD pointer to a PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the PVD
* configuration information.
* @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
* more details about the voltage thresholds corresponding to each
* detection level.
* @note For devices dual core: if "sConfigPVD->Mode" is set to PVD_MODE_IT,
* wake-up target is set to wake-up the selected CPU.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
/* Set PLS bits according to PVDLevel value */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
/* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
/* Note: On STM32WL series, power PVD event is not available on EXTI lines */
/* (only interruption is available through EXTI line 16). */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
/* Configure interrupt mode */
if ((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
}
/* Configure the edge */
if ((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
}
if ((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
{
/* Enable the power voltage detector */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PVDE);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
{
/* Disable the power voltage detector */
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PVDE);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinPolarity Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable.
* This parameter can be one of the following legacy values which set the default polarity
* i.e. detection on high level (rising edge):
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 Pin wake-up the system from Standby mode.
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 Pin wake-up the system from Standby mode.
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 Pin wake-up the system from Standby mode.
* or one of the following value where the user can explicitly specify the enabled pin and
* the chosen polarity:
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_HIGH or @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_HIGH or @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW
* @note PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity)
{
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinPolarity));
/* Specifies the Wake-Up pin polarity for the event detection
(rising or falling edge) */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR4, ((PWR_CR4_WP1 | PWR_CR4_WP2 | PWR_CR4_WP3) & WakeUpPinPolarity), (WakeUpPinPolarity >> PWR_WUP_POLARITY_SHIFT));
/* Enable wake-up pin */
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
SET_BIT(PWR->C2CR3, (PWR_C2CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity));
#else
SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity));
#endif
}
/**
* @brief Disable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 Pin wake-up the system from Standby mode.
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 Pin wake-up the system from Standby mode.
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 Pin wake-up the system from Standby mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
/* Disable wake-up pin */
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->C2CR3, (PWR_C2CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinx));
#else
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinx));
#endif
}
/**
* @brief Enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode.
* @note In Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Sleep mode (regulator in main mode)
* @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Low-power Sleep mode (regulator in low-power mode)
* @note Low-power Sleep mode is entered from Low-power Run mode (low-power regulator used
* and clock frequency below 2 MHz) and by calling HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() with Regulator set
* to PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON.
* Additionally, the clock frequency must be reduced below 2 MHz.
* @note When exiting Low-power Sleep mode, the MCU is in Low-power Run mode. To move in
* Run mode, the user must resort to HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API.
* @param SLEEPEntry Specifies if Sleep mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode with WFI instruction
* @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode with WFE instruction
* @note When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as
* the interrupt wake up source.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
/* Set Regulator parameter */
if (Regulator == PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
{
/* If in low-power run mode at this point, exit it */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, (PWR_SR2_REGLPF)))
{
if (HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() != HAL_OK)
{
return ;
}
}
/* Regulator now in main mode. */
}
else
{
/* If in run mode, first move to low-power run mode.
The system clock frequency must be below 2 MHz at this point. */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->SR2, (PWR_SR2_REGLPF)))
{
HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode();
}
}
/* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
if (SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enter Stop mode
* @note This API is named HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode to ensure compatibility with legacy STM32 series
* where only "Stop mode" is mentioned with main or low power regulator ON.
* It is recommended to use functions:
* @arg @ref HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode
* @arg @ref HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode
* @arg @ref HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP2Mode
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @note All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the MSI,
* the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup capability
* (I2Cx, USARTx and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI
* after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case, the HSI clock is propagated
* only to the peripheral requesting it.
* SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved.
* The BOR is available.
* The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal (Stop 0) or low-power mode (Stop 1).
* @note When exiting Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register
* is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared.
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode (Stop 1), an additional
* startup delay is incurred when waking up.
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode (Stop 0), the consumption
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
* @note According to system power policy, system entering in Stop mode
* is depending on other CPU power mode.
* @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Stop 0 mode (main regulator ON)
* @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Stop 1 mode (low power regulator ON)
* @param STOPEntry Specifies Stop 0, Stop 1 mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFI instruction.
* @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFE instruction.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
if (Regulator == PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON)
{
HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode(STOPEntry);
}
else
{
HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode(STOPEntry);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enter Standby mode.
* @note In Standby mode, the PLL, the HSI, the MSI and the HSE oscillators are switched
* off. The voltage regulator is disabled, except when SRAM2 content is preserved
* in which case the regulator is in low-power mode.
* SRAM and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and
* Standby circuitry. SRAM2 content can be preserved if the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register.
* To enable this feature, the user can resort to HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAMRetention() API
* to set RRS bit.
* The BOR is available.
* @note The I/Os can be configured either with a pull-up or pull-down or can be kept in analog state.
* HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown() respectively enable Pull Up and
* Pull Down state, HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullDown() disable the
* same.
* These states are effective in Standby mode only if APC bit is set through
* HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API.
* @note According to system power policy, system entering in Standby mode
* is depending on other CPU power mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
{
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
/* Set Stand-by mode */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->C2CR1, PWR_C2CR1_LPMS, PWR_LOWPOWERMODE_STANDBY);
#else
/* Set Stand-by mode */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_LOWPOWERMODE_STANDBY);
#endif
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
__force_stores();
#endif
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
/* Note: After this request to enter in Standby mode, at wake-up, program
execution depends on system low-power mode:
- If system was in Standby mode (other CPU in Standby or Shutdown),
then at wake-up program restarts at reset state
- If system was in Run or Stop mode (other CPU in Run, Sleep, Stop),
then at wake-up program continues from this point
*/
}
/**
* @brief Indicate Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
* interruptions handling.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disable Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enable CPU SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Set SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disable CPU SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Clear SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1162
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_pwr_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1732
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_rcc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1222
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_rcc_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1050
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_rng.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

348
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_rng_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_rng_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended RNG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral:
* + Lock configuration functions
* + Reset the RNG
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(RNG)
/** @addtogroup RNG_Ex
* @brief RNG Extended HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RNG_Ex_Private_Defines RNGEx Private Defines
* @{
*/
/* Health test control register information to use in CCM algorithm */
#define RNG_HTCFG_1 0x17590ABCU /*!< Magic number */
#define RNG_HTCFG 0x0000A2B3U /*!< Recommended value for NIST compliance */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RNG_Ex_Private_Constants RNGEx Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Ex_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Ex_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Configuration and lock functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the RNG with the specified parameters in the RNG_ConfigTypeDef
(+) Lock RNG configuration Allows user to lock a configuration until next reset.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the RNG with the specified parameters in the
* RNG_ConfigTypeDef.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param pConf: pointer to a RNG_ConfigTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG module
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNGEx_SetConfig(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, RNG_ConfigTypeDef *pConf)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
uint32_t cr_value;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status ;
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if ((hrng == NULL) || (pConf == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(hrng->Instance));
assert_param(IS_RNG_CLOCK_DIVIDER(pConf->ClockDivider));
assert_param(IS_RNG_NIST_COMPLIANCE(pConf->NistCompliance));
assert_param(IS_RNG_CONFIG1(pConf->Config1));
assert_param(IS_RNG_CONFIG2(pConf->Config2));
assert_param(IS_RNG_CONFIG3(pConf->Config3));
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable RNG */
__HAL_RNG_DISABLE(hrng);
/* RNG CR register configuration. Set value in CR register for :
- NIST Compliance setting
- Clock divider value
- CONFIG 1, CONFIG 2 and CONFIG 3 values */
cr_value = (uint32_t)(pConf->ClockDivider | pConf->NistCompliance
| (pConf->Config1 << RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1_Pos)
| (pConf->Config2 << RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2_Pos)
| (pConf->Config3 << RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3_Pos));
MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_NISTC | RNG_CR_CLKDIV | RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1
| RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2 | RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3,
(uint32_t)(RNG_CR_CONDRST | cr_value));
#if defined(RNG_VER_3_2) || defined(RNG_VER_3_1) || defined(RNG_VER_3_0)
/*!< magic number must be written immediately before to RNG_HTCRG */
WRITE_REG(hrng->Instance->HTCR, RNG_HTCFG_1);
/* for best latency and to be compliant with NIST */
WRITE_REG(hrng->Instance->HTCR, RNG_HTCFG);
#endif /* RNG_VER_3_2 || RNG_VER_3_1 || RNG_VER_3_0 */
/* Writing bit CONDRST=0*/
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST);
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for conditioning reset process to be completed */
while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST))
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
/* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of prememption */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST))
{
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Enable RNG */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng);
/* Initialize the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* function status */
status = HAL_OK;
}
else
{
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return the function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Get the RNG Configuration and fill parameters in the
* RNG_ConfigTypeDef.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param pConf: pointer to a RNG_ConfigTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG module
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNGEx_GetConfig(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, RNG_ConfigTypeDef *pConf)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status ;
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if ((hrng == NULL) || (pConf == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get RNG parameters */
pConf->Config1 = (uint32_t)((hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1) >> RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1_Pos) ;
pConf->Config2 = (uint32_t)((hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2) >> RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2_Pos);
pConf->Config3 = (uint32_t)((hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3) >> RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3_Pos);
pConf->ClockDivider = (hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_CLKDIV);
pConf->NistCompliance = (hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_NISTC);
/* Initialize the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* function status */
status = HAL_OK;
}
else
{
hrng->ErrorCode |= HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return the function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief RNG current configuration lock.
* @note This function allows to lock RNG peripheral configuration.
* Once locked, HW RNG reset has to be performed prior any further
* configuration update.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNGEx_LockConfig(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if (hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Perform RNG configuration Lock */
MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONFIGLOCK, RNG_CR_CONFIGLOCK);
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* function status */
status = HAL_OK;
}
else
{
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return the function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Ex_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief Recover from seed error function
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Configuration and lock functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provide function allowing to:
(+) Recover from a seed error
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief RNG sequence to recover from a seed error
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNGEx_RecoverSeedError(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if (hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* sequence to fully recover from a seed error */
status = RNG_RecoverSeedError(hrng);
}
else
{
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return the function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* RNG_CR_CONDRST */
#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* RNG */
/**
* @}
*/

1943
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_rtc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2174
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_rtc_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3161
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_smartcard.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

493
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_smartcard_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
* This file provides extended firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the SmartCard.
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
=============================================================================
##### SMARTCARD peripheral extended features #####
=============================================================================
[..]
The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(),
then program SMARTCARD advanced features if required (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut,
auto-retry counter,...) in the hsmartcard AdvancedInit structure.
(#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming.
-@- When SMARTCARD operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior
starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be
configured prior starting RX/TX transfers.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx SMARTCARDEx
* @brief SMARTCARD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Private_Constants SMARTCARD Extended Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* UART RX FIFO depth */
#define RX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
/* UART TX FIFO depth */
#define TX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
static void SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/** @brief Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @param BlockLength SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most)
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t BlockLength)
{
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_BLEN, ((uint32_t)BlockLength << USART_RTOR_BLEN_Pos));
}
/** @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @param TimeOutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
* value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t TimeOutValue)
{
assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue));
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeOutValue);
}
/** @brief Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/** @brief Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Peripheral IO operation functions
* @brief SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of FIFO mode related callback functions.
(#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks:
(++) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_RxFifoFullCallback()
(++) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief SMARTCARD RX Fifo full callback.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_RxFifoFullCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsmartcard);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SMARTCARDEx_RxFifoFullCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief SMARTCARD TX Fifo empty callback.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsmartcard);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Peripheral FIFO Control functions
* @brief SMARTCARD control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral FIFO Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SMARTCARD
FIFO feature.
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the FIFO mode.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableFifoMode(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable SMARTCARD */
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
/* Enable FIFO mode */
SET_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
hsmartcard->FifoMode = SMARTCARD_FIFOMODE_ENABLE;
/* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the FIFO mode.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableFifoMode(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable SMARTCARD */
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
/* Enable FIFO mode */
CLEAR_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
hsmartcard->FifoMode = SMARTCARD_FIFOMODE_DISABLE;
/* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the TXFIFO threshold.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @param Threshold TX FIFO threshold value
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetTxFifoThreshold(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t Threshold)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable SMARTCARD */
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
/* Update TX threshold configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG, Threshold);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(hsmartcard);
/* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE, tmpcr1);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RXFIFO threshold.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @param Threshold RX FIFO threshold value
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetRxFifoThreshold(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t Threshold)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable SMARTCARD */
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
/* Update RX threshold configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG, Threshold);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(hsmartcard);
/* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE, tmpcr1);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Private_Functions SMARTCARD Extended Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Calculate the number of data to process in RX/TX ISR.
* @note The RX FIFO depth and the TX FIFO depth is extracted from
* the USART configuration registers.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @retval None
*/
static void SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
uint8_t rx_fifo_depth;
uint8_t tx_fifo_depth;
uint8_t rx_fifo_threshold;
uint8_t tx_fifo_threshold;
/* 2 0U/1U added for MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_b and MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_d */
static const uint8_t numerator[] = {1U, 1U, 1U, 3U, 7U, 1U, 0U, 0U};
static const uint8_t denominator[] = {8U, 4U, 2U, 4U, 8U, 1U, 1U, 1U};
if (hsmartcard->FifoMode == SMARTCARD_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
{
hsmartcard->NbTxDataToProcess = 1U;
hsmartcard->NbRxDataToProcess = 1U;
}
else
{
rx_fifo_depth = RX_FIFO_DEPTH;
tx_fifo_depth = TX_FIFO_DEPTH;
rx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_RXFTCFG_Pos);
tx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_TXFTCFG_Pos);
hsmartcard->NbTxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)tx_fifo_depth * numerator[tx_fifo_threshold]) / (uint16_t)denominator[tx_fifo_threshold];
hsmartcard->NbRxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)rx_fifo_depth * numerator[rx_fifo_threshold]) / (uint16_t)denominator[rx_fifo_threshold];
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

2788
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_smbus.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

244
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_smbus_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_smbus_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief SMBUS Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of SMBUS Extended peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SMBUS peripheral Extended features #####
==============================================================================
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the SMBUS interface for STM32WLxx
devices contains the following additional features
(+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
(+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
(#) Configure the enable or disable of SMBUS Wake Up Mode using the functions :
(++) HAL_SMBUSEx_EnableWakeUp()
(++) HAL_SMBUSEx_DisableWakeUp()
(#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
(++) HAL_SMBUSEx_EnableFastModePlus()
(++) HAL_SMBUSEx_DisableFastModePlus()
@endverbatim
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMBUSEx SMBUSEx
* @brief SMBUS Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SMBUSEx_Exported_Functions SMBUS Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMBUSEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 WakeUp Mode Functions
* @brief WakeUp Mode Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### WakeUp Mode Functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Wake Up Feature
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable SMBUS wakeup from Stop mode(s).
* @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMBUSx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUSEx_EnableWakeUp(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance));
if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */
__HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
__HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus);
hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Disable SMBUS wakeup from Stop mode(s).
* @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMBUSx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUSEx_DisableWakeUp(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance));
if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */
__HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus);
/* Disable wakeup from stop mode */
hsmbus->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
__HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus);
hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMBUSEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Fast Mode Plus Functions
* @brief Fast Mode Plus Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Fast Mode Plus Functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the SMBUS fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref SMBUSEx_FastModePlus values
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
* I2C1 pins using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
* can be enabled only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMBUSEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the SMBUS fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref SMBUSEx_FastModePlus values
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
* I2C1 pins using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
* can be disabled only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMBUSEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

4436
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_spi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

112
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_spi_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_spi_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended SPI HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* SPI peripheral extended functionalities :
* + IO operation functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx SPIEx
* @brief SPI Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Private_Constants SPIEx Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define SPI_FIFO_SIZE 4UL
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions SPIEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
* @brief Data transfers functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI
data transfers.
(#) Rx data flush function:
(++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Flush the RX fifo.
* @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
{
__IO uint32_t tmpreg;
uint8_t count = 0U;
while ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_FRLVL) != SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY)
{
count++;
tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
if (count == SPI_FIFO_SIZE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1765
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_subghz.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

7898
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_tim.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2817
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_tim_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

365
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_ALARM Template.
*
* This file override the native HAL time base functions (defined as
* weak) to use the RTC ALARM for time base generation:
* + Initializes the RTC peripheral to increment the seconds registers
* each 1s
* + The alarm is configured to assert an interrupt when the RTC
* subsecond register reaches 1ms when uwTickFreq is set to default
* value, else 10 ms or 100 ms, depending of above global variable
* value.
* + HAL_IncTick is called at each Alarm event
* + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
(#) Rename it to 'stm32wlxx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm.c'
(#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32wlxx_hal_conf.h
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_Alarm_Template HAL TimeBase RTC Alarm Template
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application:
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
*/
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE */
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI
#if !defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI) && !defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE) && !defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
#error Please select the RTC Clock source AT PROJECT LEVEL
#endif
/* Minimize Asynchronous prescaler for power consumption :
ck_apre = RTCCLK / (ASYNC prediv + 1)
ck_spre = ck_apre/(SYNC prediv + 1) = 1 Hz */
#if defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE)
/* LSE Freq = 32.768 kHz RC */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0u
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 0x3FFFu /* (16384 - 1) */
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
/* LSI Freq = 32 kHz RC */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0u
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 0x3E7Fu /* (16000 - 1) */
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* HSE Freq as RTCCLK = 32 MHz / 32 = 1 MHz */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0x1Fu /* (32 - 1) */
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 0x7A11u /* (31250 -1) */
#endif
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
RTC_HandleTypeDef hRTC_Handle = {.Init = {0}};
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
void RTC_LSECSS_IRQHandler(void);
#else
void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void);
#endif
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the RTC ALARM A as a time base source.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* Calendar time base is = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
* = 1s
* Alarm interrupt timebase is = (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV / (1000 / uwTickFreq))
* = 1 ms when uwTickFreq is set to 1 kHz
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct = {0};
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct = {0};
RTC_TimeTypeDef time;
RTC_DateTypeDef date;
RTC_AlarmTypeDef alarm;
/* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that don't take the value zero)*/
if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
{
/* Disable backup domeain protection */
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess();
/* Enable RTC APB clock gating */
__HAL_RCC_RTCAPB_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable the Alarm A */
__HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
/* Get RTC clock configuration */
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct);
/*In case of RTC clock already enable, make sure it's the good one */
#if defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE)
if ((PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != 0x00u))
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
if ((PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != 0x00u))
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
if ((PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != 0x00u))
#else
#error Please select the RTC Clock source
#endif
{
/* Do nothing */
}
else
{
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
/* Configure LSE as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
/* Configure LSI as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* Configure HSE as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS_PWR;
/* Ensure that RTC is clocked by 1MHz */
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32;
#endif
/* COnfigure oscillator */
status = HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Configure RTC clock source */
PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
status = HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct);
/* Enable RTC Clock */
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
__HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
}
}
}
/* If RTC Clock configuration is ok */
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* The time base is defined to have highest synchronous prescaler but keeping
a 1Hz RTC frequency. */
hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
hRTC_Handle.Init.HourFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT_24;
hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV;
hRTC_Handle.Init.SynchPrediv = RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutPolarity = RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutType = RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN;
status = HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/* HAL RTC Init is ok & calendar has never been initialized */
if((status == HAL_OK) && (__HAL_RTC_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_INITS) == 0x00u))
{
time.Hours = 0x00u;
time.Minutes = 0x00u;
time.Seconds = 0x00u;
time.TimeFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT12_PM;
time.SubSeconds = 0x00u;
time.SecondFraction = 0x00u;
time.DayLightSaving = RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_NONE;
time.StoreOperation = RTC_STOREOPERATION_RESET;
status = HAL_RTC_SetTime(&hRTC_Handle, &time, RTC_FORMAT_BCD);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
date.WeekDay = RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY;
date.Date = 0x01u;
date.Month = RTC_MONTH_JANUARY;
date.Year = 0x01u;
status = HAL_RTC_SetDate(&hRTC_Handle, &date, RTC_FORMAT_BCD);
}
}
/* If RTC calendar is initialized */
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
alarm.AlarmTime.Hours = 0x00u;
alarm.AlarmTime.Minutes = 0x00u;
alarm.AlarmTime.Seconds = 0x00u;
alarm.AlarmTime.TimeFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT12_PM;
alarm.AlarmTime.SubSeconds = (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV / (1000 / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq));
alarm.AlarmTime.SecondFraction = 0x00u;
alarm.AlarmTime.DayLightSaving = RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_NONE;
alarm.AlarmTime.StoreOperation = RTC_STOREOPERATION_RESET;
alarm.AlarmMask = RTC_ALARMMASK_ALL;
/* Depending on input frequency select Subsecond mask */
if (uwTickFreq == HAL_TICK_FREQ_1KHZ)
{
alarm.AlarmSubSecondMask = RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_5;
}
else if (uwTickFreq == HAL_TICK_FREQ_100HZ)
{
alarm.AlarmSubSecondMask = RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_9;
}
else
{
#if defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* When RTCCLK = 1 MHz, need to mask Subsecond register bit 12 to 14
to have 10 Hhz interrupt */
alarm.AlarmSubSecondMask = RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_12;
#else
/* When RTCCLK is around 32 kHz, need to mask Subsecond register bit 12 to 11
to have 10 Hhz interrupt */
alarm.AlarmSubSecondMask = RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_11;
#endif
}
alarm.BinaryAutoClr = RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDBIN_AUTOCLR_NO;
alarm.AlarmDateWeekDaySel = RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
alarm.AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY;
alarm.Alarm = RTC_ALARM_A;
status = HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT(&hRTC_Handle, &alarm, RTC_FORMAT_BCD);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable the RTC global Interrupt */
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_LSECSS_IRQn);
#else
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_Alarm_IRQn);
#endif
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_LSECSS_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
#else
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_Alarm_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
#endif
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC_ALRA interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Disable ALARM A Interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC_ALRA interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Enable ALARM A interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @brief Alarm Timer Event Callback in non blocking mode
* @note This function is called when RTC Alarm takes place, inside
* HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
* @param hrtc : RTC handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
HAL_IncTick();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles Alarm interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
void RTC_LSECSS_IRQHandler(void)
#else
void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void)
#endif
{
HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

311
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_WAKEUP Template.
*
* This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
* to use the RTC WAKEUP for the time base generation:
* + Initializes the RTC peripheral and configures the wakeup timer to be
* incremented each 1ms when uwTickFreq is set to default value, else
* 10 ms or 100 ms, depending of above global variable value.
* + HAL_IncTick is called inside the HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback
* + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
(#) Rename it to 'stm32wlxx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup.c'
(#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32wlxx_hal_conf.h
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_WakeUp_Template HAL TimeBase RTC WakeUp Template
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application:
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
precision.
*/
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE */
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI
#if !defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI) && !defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE) && !defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
#error Please select the RTC Clock source AT PROJECT LEVEL
#endif
#if defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE)
/* LSE Freq = 32.768 kHz RC */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0x7Fu
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 0x00FFu
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
/* LSI Freq = 32 kHz RC */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0x7Fu
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 0x00FEu
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* HSE Freq as RTCCLK = 32 MHz / 32 = 1 MHz */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0x7Fu
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 0x1E83u
#endif
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
RTC_HandleTypeDef hRTC_Handle = {.Init = {0}};
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
void RTC_LSECSS_IRQHandler(void);
#else
void RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(void);
#endif
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the RTC_WKUP as a time base source.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* Wakeup Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
= 1ms
* Wakeup Time = WakeupTimebase * WakeUpCounter (0 + 1)
= 1 ms
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t wucounter;
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct = {0};
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct = {0};
/* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that don't take the value zero)*/
if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
{
/* Disable backup domeain protection */
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess();
/* Enable RTC APB clock gating */
__HAL_RCC_RTCAPB_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable the Wake-up Timer */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle,RTC_IT_WUT);
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle,RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
/* Get RTC clock configuration */
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct);
/*In case of RTC clock already enable, make sure it's the good one */
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
if ((PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != 0x00u))
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
if ((PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != 0x00u))
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
if ((PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != 0x00u))
#else
#error Please select the RTC Clock source
#endif
{
/* Do nothing */
}
else
{
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
/* Configure LSE as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
/* Configure LSI as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* Configure HSE as RTC clock source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS_PWR;
/* Ensure that RTC is clocked by 1MHz */
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32;
#endif
/* COnfigure oscillator */
status = HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Configure RTC clock source */
PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
status = HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct);
/* Enable RTC Clock */
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
__HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
}
}
}
/* If RTC Clock configuration is ok */
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* No care of RTC init parameter here. Only needed if RTC is being used
for other features in same time: calendar, alarm, timestamp, etc... */
hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
hRTC_Handle.Init.HourFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT_24;
hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV;
hRTC_Handle.Init.SynchPrediv = RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutPolarity = RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH;
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutType = RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN;
status = HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* The time base should be of (uint32_t)uwTickFreq) ms. Tick counter
is incremented eachtime wakeup time reaches zero. Wakeup timer is
clocked on RTCCLK divided by 2. So downcounting counter has to be
set to (RTCCLK / 2) / (1000 / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) minus 1 */
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
wucounter = LSE_VALUE;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
wucounter = LSI_VALUE;
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
/* HSE input clock to RTC is divided by 32 */
wucounter = (HSE_VALUE >> 5);
#endif
wucounter = ((wucounter >> 1) / (1000U / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) -1u;
status = HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT(&hRTC_Handle, wucounter, RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_RTCCLK_DIV2, 0);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable the RTC global Interrupt */
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_LSECSS_IRQn);
#else
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_WKUP_IRQn);
#endif
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_LSECSS_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
#else
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_WKUP_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
#endif
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC_WKUP interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Disable WAKE UP TIMER Interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC_WKUP interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
/* Enable WAKE UP TIMER interrupt */
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @brief Wake Up Timer Event Callback in non blocking mode
* @note This function is called when RTC_WKUP interrupt takes place, inside
* RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
* @param hrtc : RTC handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
{
HAL_IncTick();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles WAKE UP TIMER interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
void RTC_LSECSS_IRQHandler(void)
#else
void RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(void)
#endif
{
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

207
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware TIM Template.
*
* This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as
* weak) the TIM time base:
* + Initializes the TIM peripheral generate a Period elapsed Event
* each 1ms when uwTickFreq is set to default value, else 10 ms or
* 100 ms, depending of above global variable value.
* + HAL_IncTick is called inside HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
(#) Rename it to 'stm32wlxx_hal_timebase_tim.c'
(#) Add this file and the TIM HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32wlxx_hal_conf.h
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_TimeBase_TIM
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
TIM_HandleTypeDef TimHandle = {.Init = {0}};
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
void TIM2_IRQHandler(void);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the TIM2 as a time base source.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program
* after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured,
* by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef clkconfig;
uint32_t uwTimclock;
uint32_t uwAPB1Prescaler = 0U;
uint32_t uwPrescalerValue = 0U;
uint32_t pFLatency;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that don't take the value zero)*/
if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
{
/* Enable TIM2 clock */
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Get clock configuration */
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency);
/* Get APB1 prescaler */
uwAPB1Prescaler = clkconfig.APB1CLKDivider;
/* Compute TIM2 clock */
if (uwAPB1Prescaler == RCC_HCLK_DIV1)
{
uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
}
else
{
uwTimclock = 2*HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
}
/* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM2 counter clock equal to 1MHz */
uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t) ((uwTimclock / 1000000U) - 1U);
/* Initialize TIM2 */
TimHandle.Instance = TIM2;
/* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follow:
+ Period = [(TIM2CLK/uwTickFreq) - 1]. to have a (1/uwTickFreq) s time base.
+ Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000 - 1) to have a 1MHz counter clock.
+ ClockDivision = 0
+ Counter direction = Up
*/
TimHandle.Init.Period = (1000000U / (1000U / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) - 1U;
TimHandle.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue;
TimHandle.Init.ClockDivision = 0U;
TimHandle.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
TimHandle.Init.RepetitionCounter = 0U;
if (HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK)
{
/* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */
if (HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable the TIM2 global Interrupt */
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM2_IRQn);
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
/*Configure the TIM2 IRQ priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM2_IRQn, TickPriority ,0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM2 update interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable TIM2 update Interrupt */
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling TIM2 update interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable TIM2 Update interrupt */
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
}
/**
* @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
* @note This function is called when TIM2 interrupt took place, inside
* HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
* @param htim : TIM handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
HAL_IncTick();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles TIM interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM2_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&TimHandle);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

4713
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_uart.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1067
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_uart_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3860
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_usart.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

536
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_usart_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_usart_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended USART HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
* functionalities of the Universal Synchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (USART).
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### USART peripheral extended features #####
==============================================================================
(#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming.
-@- When USART operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior
starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be
configured prior starting RX/TX transfers.
(#) Slave mode enabling/disabling and NSS pin configuration.
-@- When USART operates in Slave mode, Slave mode must be enabled prior
starting RX/TX transfers.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx USARTEx
* @brief USART Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Private_Constants USARTEx Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* USART RX FIFO depth */
#define RX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
/* USART TX FIFO depth */
#define TX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Private_Functions USARTEx Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions USARTEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
* @brief Extended USART Transmit/Receive functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
This subsection provides a set of FIFO mode related callback functions.
(#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks:
(+) HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback()
(+) HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USART RX Fifo full callback.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(husart);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief USART TX Fifo empty callback.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(husart);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides the following functions:
(+) HAL_USARTEx_EnableSPISlaveMode() API enables the SPI slave mode
(+) HAL_USARTEx_DisableSPISlaveMode() API disables the SPI slave mode
(+) HAL_USARTEx_ConfigNSS API configures the Slave Select input pin (NSS)
(+) HAL_USARTEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode
(+) HAL_USARTEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode
(+) HAL_USARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold
(+) HAL_USARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the SPI slave mode.
* @note When the USART operates in SPI slave mode, it handles data flow using
* the serial interface clock derived from the external SCLK signal
* provided by the external master SPI device.
* @note In SPI slave mode, the USART must be enabled before starting the master
* communications (or between frames while the clock is stable). Otherwise,
* if the USART slave is enabled while the master is in the middle of a
* frame, it will become desynchronized with the master.
* @note The data register of the slave needs to be ready before the first edge
* of the communication clock or before the end of the ongoing communication,
* otherwise the SPI slave will transmit zeros.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_EnableSlaveMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_SPI_SLAVE_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* In SPI slave mode mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
- LINEN and CLKEN bit in the USART_CR2 register
- HDSEL, SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
/* Enable SPI slave mode */
SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SLVEN);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->SlaveMode = USART_SLAVEMODE_ENABLE;
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Enable USART */
__HAL_USART_ENABLE(husart);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the SPI slave mode.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_DisableSlaveMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_SPI_SLAVE_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Disable SPI slave mode */
CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SLVEN);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->SlaveMode = USART_SLAVEMODE_DISABLE;
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Configure the Slave Select input pin (NSS).
* @note Software NSS management: SPI slave will always be selected and NSS
* input pin will be ignored.
* @note Hardware NSS management: the SPI slave selection depends on NSS
* input pin. The slave is selected when NSS is low and deselected when
* NSS is high.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @param NSSConfig NSS configuration.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref USART_NSS_HARD
* @arg @ref USART_NSS_SOFT
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_ConfigNSS(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t NSSConfig)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_SPI_SLAVE_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_USART_NSS(NSSConfig));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Program DIS_NSS bit in the USART_CR2 register */
MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DIS_NSS, NSSConfig);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the FIFO mode.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_EnableFifoMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Enable FIFO mode */
SET_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
husart->FifoMode = USART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE;
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the FIFO mode.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_DisableFifoMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Enable FIFO mode */
CLEAR_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
husart->FifoMode = USART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE;
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the TXFIFO threshold.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @param Threshold TX FIFO threshold value
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Threshold)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Update TX threshold configuration */
MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG, Threshold);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(husart);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RXFIFO threshold.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @param Threshold RX FIFO threshold value
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Threshold)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Update RX threshold configuration */
MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG, Threshold);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(husart);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup USARTEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Calculate the number of data to process in RX/TX ISR.
* @note The RX FIFO depth and the TX FIFO depth is extracted from
* the USART configuration registers.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval None
*/
static void USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint8_t rx_fifo_depth;
uint8_t tx_fifo_depth;
uint8_t rx_fifo_threshold;
uint8_t tx_fifo_threshold;
/* 2 0U/1U added for MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_b and MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_d */
static const uint8_t numerator[] = {1U, 1U, 1U, 3U, 7U, 1U, 0U, 0U};
static const uint8_t denominator[] = {8U, 4U, 2U, 4U, 8U, 1U, 1U, 1U};
if (husart->FifoMode == USART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
{
husart->NbTxDataToProcess = 1U;
husart->NbRxDataToProcess = 1U;
}
else
{
rx_fifo_depth = RX_FIFO_DEPTH;
tx_fifo_depth = TX_FIFO_DEPTH;
rx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)((READ_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_RXFTCFG_Pos) & 0xFFU);
tx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)((READ_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_TXFTCFG_Pos) & 0xFFU);
husart->NbTxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)tx_fifo_depth * numerator[tx_fifo_threshold]) / (uint16_t)denominator[tx_fifo_threshold];
husart->NbRxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)rx_fifo_depth * numerator[rx_fifo_threshold]) / (uint16_t)denominator[rx_fifo_threshold];
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

423
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_hal_wwdg.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_hal_wwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and Configuration functions
* + IO operation functions
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### WWDG Specific features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (T[6;0] downcounter)
before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
value rolls down from 0x40 to 0x3F).
(+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
(+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
(+) If required by application, an Early Wakeup Interrupt can be triggered
in order to be warned before WWDG expiration. The Early Wakeup Interrupt
(EWI) can be used if specific safety operations or data logging must
be performed before the actual reset is generated. When the downcounter
reaches 0x40, interrupt occurs. This mechanism requires WWDG interrupt
line to be enabled in NVIC. Once enabled, EWI interrupt cannot be
disabled except by a system reset.
(+) WWDGRST flag in RCC CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
reset occurs.
(+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
by a programmable prescaler.
(+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
(+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * (T[5;0] + 1) / WWDG clock (Hz)
where T[5;0] are the lowest 6 bits of Counter.
(+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
(++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - Window) / WWDG clock
(++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - 0x40) / WWDG clock
(+) Typical values:
(++) Counter min (T[5;0] = 0x00) at 48MHz (PCLK1) with zero prescaler:
max timeout before reset: approximately 85.33us
(++) Counter max (T[5;0] = 0x3F) at 48MHz (PCLK1) with prescaler
dividing by 128:
max timeout before reset: approximately 699.05ms
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
*** Common driver usage ***
===========================
[..]
(+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
(+) Configure the WWDG prescaler, refresh window value, counter value and early
interrupt status using HAL_WWDG_Init() function. This will automatically
enable WWDG and start its downcounter. Time reference can be taken from
function exit. Care must be taken to provide a counter value
greater than 0x40 to prevent generation of immediate reset.
(+) If the Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) feature is enabled, an interrupt is
generated when the counter reaches 0x40. When HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler is
triggered by the interrupt service routine, flag will be automatically
cleared and HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback user callback will be executed. User
can add his own code by customization of callback HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback.
(+) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
the counter is lower than the refresh window value already programmed.
*** Callback registration ***
=============================
[..]
The compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows
the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions
HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
(+) Function HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() allows to register following
callbacks:
(++) EwiCallback : callback for Early WakeUp Interrupt.
(++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
and a pointer to the user callback function.
(+) Use function HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to
the default weak (surcharged) function. HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback()
takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID.
This function allows to reset following callbacks:
(++) EwiCallback : callback for Early WakeUp Interrupt.
(++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
[..]
When calling HAL_WWDG_Init function, callbacks are reset to the
corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions:
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback() and HAL_WWDG_MspInit() only if they have
not been registered before.
[..]
When compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
*** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
===================================
[..]
Below the list of available macros in WWDG HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE: Enable the WWDG peripheral
(+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status
(+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags
(+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT: Enable the WWDG early wakeup interrupt
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
#if !defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters
in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
(+) Initialize the WWDG MSP.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
* parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
if (hwwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode));
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Reset Callback pointers */
if (hwwdg->EwiCallback == NULL)
{
hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
}
if (hwwdg->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
hwwdg->MspInitCallback(hwwdg);
#else
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Set WWDG Counter */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter));
/* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the WWDG MSP.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @note When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added
* to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called
* again to change parameters.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief Register a User WWDG Callback
* To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
* @param hwwdg WWDG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
pWWDG_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (pCallback == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
hwwdg->EwiCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unregister a WWDG Callback
* WWDG Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
* @param hwwdg WWDG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
break;
case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
return status;
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Refresh the WWDG.
(+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Refresh the WWDG.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter));
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handle WWDG interrupt request.
* @note The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
* or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
* The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with
* EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE.
* When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
* generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
* be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
* logging), before resetting the device.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
{
/* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
{
/* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Early Wakeup registered callback */
hwwdg->EwiCallback(hwwdg);
#else
/* Early Wakeup callback */
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg);
#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
}
}
/**
* @brief WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* CORE_CM0PLUS */

757
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_adc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_adc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief ADC LL module driver
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_adc.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (ADC)
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL ADC
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/* Definitions of ADC hardware constraints delays */
/* Note: Only ADC peripheral HW delays are defined in ADC LL driver driver, */
/* not timeout values: */
/* Timeout values for ADC operations are dependent to device clock */
/* configuration (system clock versus ADC clock), */
/* and therefore must be defined in user application. */
/* Refer to @ref ADC_LL_EC_HW_DELAYS for description of ADC timeout */
/* values definition. */
/* Note: ADC timeout values are defined here in CPU cycles to be independent */
/* of device clock setting. */
/* In user application, ADC timeout values should be defined with */
/* temporal values, in function of device clock settings. */
/* Highest ratio CPU clock frequency vs ADC clock frequency: */
/* - ADC clock from synchronous clock with AHB prescaler 512, */
/* APB prescaler 16, ADC prescaler 4. */
/* - ADC clock from asynchronous clock (HSI) with prescaler 1, */
/* with highest ratio CPU clock frequency vs HSI clock frequency: */
/* CPU clock frequency max 48MHz, HSI frequency 16MHz: ratio 4. */
/* Unit: CPU cycles. */
#define ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST (512UL * 16UL * 4UL)
#define ADC_TIMEOUT_DISABLE_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 1UL)
#define ADC_TIMEOUT_STOP_CONVERSION_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 1UL)
/* Note: CCRDY handshake requires 1APB + 2 ADC + 3 APB cycles */
/* after the channel configuration has been changed. */
/* Driver timeout is approximated to 6 CPU cycles. */
#define ADC_TIMEOUT_CCRDY_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 6UL)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* common to several ADC instances. */
#define IS_LL_ADC_COMMON_CLOCK(__CLOCK__) \
(((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV1) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV2) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV4) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV6) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV8) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV10) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV12) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV16) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV32) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV64) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV128) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV256) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK_FREQ_MODE(__CLOCK_FREQ_MODE__) \
(((__CLOCK_FREQ_MODE__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_FREQ_MODE_HIGH) \
|| ((__CLOCK_FREQ_MODE__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_FREQ_MODE_LOW) \
)
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* ADC instance. */
#define IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK(__CLOCK__) \
(((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV4) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV1) \
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(__RESOLUTION__) \
(((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B) \
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_10B) \
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_8B) \
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(__DATA_ALIGN__) \
(((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT) \
|| ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_LOW_POWER(__LOW_POWER__) \
(((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_MODE_NONE) \
|| ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOWAIT) \
|| ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOPOWEROFF) \
|| ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOWAIT_AUTOPOWEROFF) \
)
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* ADC group regular */
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
(((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4 ) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH4) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH3) \
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) \
(((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE) \
|| ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) \
(((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE) \
|| ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_LIMITED) \
|| ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR(__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) \
(((__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) == LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED) \
|| ((__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) == LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_MODE(__REG_SEQ_MODE__) \
(((__REG_SEQ_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_CONFIGURABLE) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) \
(((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_5RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_6RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_7RANKS) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_8RANKS) \
)
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \
(((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \
)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of all ADC instances belonging to
* the same ADC common instance to their default reset values.
* @note This function is performing a hard reset, using high level
* clock source RCC ADC reset.
* @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
* (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
/* Force reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC);
/* Release reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC common parameters
* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance)
* and multimode (for devices with several ADC instances available).
* @note The setting of ADC common parameters is conditioned to
* ADC instances state:
* All ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance
* must be disabled.
* @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
* (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
* @param pADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC common registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON, LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *pADC_CommonInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_COMMON_CLOCK(pADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of functions */
/* "LL_ADC_SetCommonXXX()": */
/* On this STM32 series, setting of these features is conditioned to */
/* ADC state: */
/* All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. */
if (__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON) == 0UL)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - common to several ADC */
/* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
/* - Set ADC clock (conversion clock) */
LL_ADC_SetCommonClock(ADCxy_COMMON, pADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: One or several ADC instances belonging to */
/* the same ADC common instance are not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param pADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_CommonStructInit(LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *pADC_CommonInitStruct)
{
/* Set pADC_CommonInitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC common */
/* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
pADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock = LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC_DIV2;
}
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected ADC instance
* to their default reset values.
* @note To reset all ADC instances quickly (perform a hard reset),
* use function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
* @note If this functions returns error status, it means that ADC instance
* is in an unknown state.
* In this case, perform a hard reset using high level
* clock source RCC ADC reset.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
__IO uint32_t timeout_cpu_cycles = 0UL;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
/* Disable ADC instance if not already disabled. */
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 1UL)
{
/* Set ADC group regular trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */
/* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */
/* ADC disable process. */
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
/* Stop potential ADC conversion on going on ADC group regular. */
if (LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(ADCx) != 0UL)
{
if (LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing(ADCx) == 0UL)
{
LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion(ADCx);
}
}
/* Wait for ADC conversions are effectively stopped */
timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_STOP_CONVERSION_CPU_CYCLES;
while (LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing(ADCx) == 1UL)
{
timeout_cpu_cycles--;
if (timeout_cpu_cycles == 0UL)
{
/* Time-out error */
status = ERROR;
break;
}
}
/* Disable the ADC instance */
LL_ADC_Disable(ADCx);
/* Wait for ADC instance is effectively disabled */
timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_DISABLE_CPU_CYCLES;
while (LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing(ADCx) == 1UL)
{
timeout_cpu_cycles--;
if (timeout_cpu_cycles == 0UL)
{
/* Time-out error */
status = ERROR;
break;
}
}
}
/* Check whether ADC state is compliant with expected state */
if (READ_BIT(ADCx->CR,
(ADC_CR_ADSTP | ADC_CR_ADSTART
| ADC_CR_ADDIS | ADC_CR_ADEN)
)
== 0UL)
{
/* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */
/* Reset register IER */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->IER,
(LL_ADC_IT_ADRDY
| LL_ADC_IT_EOC
| LL_ADC_IT_EOS
| LL_ADC_IT_OVR
| LL_ADC_IT_EOSMP
| LL_ADC_IT_AWD1
| LL_ADC_IT_AWD2
| LL_ADC_IT_AWD3
| LL_ADC_IT_EOCAL
| LL_ADC_IT_CCRDY
)
);
/* Reset register ISR */
SET_BIT(ADCx->ISR,
(LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOC
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOS
| LL_ADC_FLAG_OVR
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOSMP
| LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1
| LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD2
| LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD3
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOCAL
| LL_ADC_FLAG_CCRDY
)
);
/* Reset register CR */
/* Bits ADC_CR_ADCAL, ADC_CR_ADSTP, ADC_CR_ADSTART are in access mode */
/* "read-set": no direct reset applicable. */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR, ADC_CR_ADVREGEN);
/* Reset register CFGR1 */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CFGR1,
(ADC_CFGR1_AWD1CH | ADC_CFGR1_AWD1EN | ADC_CFGR1_AWD1SGL | ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
| ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF | ADC_CFGR1_WAIT | ADC_CFGR1_CONT | ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
| ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN | ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL | ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN | ADC_CFGR1_RES
| ADC_CFGR1_SCANDIR | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG | ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN)
);
/* Reset register SMPR */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR, ADC_SMPR_SMP1 | ADC_SMPR_SMP2 | ADC_SMPR_SMPSEL);
/* Reset register TR1 */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->TR1, ADC_TR1_HT1 | ADC_TR1_LT1, ADC_TR1_HT1);
/* Reset register TR2 */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->TR2, ADC_TR2_HT2 | ADC_TR2_LT2, ADC_TR2_HT2);
/* Reset register TR3 */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->TR3, ADC_TR3_HT3 | ADC_TR3_LT3, ADC_TR3_HT3);
/* Reset register CHSELR */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CHSELR,
(ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL17 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL16
| ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL15 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL14 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL13 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL12
| ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL11 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL10 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL9 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL8
| ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL7 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL6 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL5 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL4
| ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL3 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL2 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL1 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL0)
);
/* Wait for ADC channel configuration ready */
timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_CCRDY_CPU_CYCLES;
while (LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_CCRDY(ADCx) == 0UL)
{
timeout_cpu_cycles--;
if (timeout_cpu_cycles == 0UL)
{
/* Time-out error */
status = ERROR;
break;
}
}
/* Clear flag ADC channel configuration ready */
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_CCRDY(ADCx);
/* Reset register DR */
/* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
/* Reset register CALFACT */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CALFACT, ADC_CALFACT_CALFACT);
/* Reset register CFGR2 */
/* Note: Update of ADC clock mode is conditioned to ADC state disabled: */
/* already done above. */
/* Note: ADC clock reset at the end of de-initialization because select */
/* asynchronous clock source, corresponding to no clock by default */
/* on STM32WL. Refer to function "LL_RCC_SetADCClockSource()". */
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CFGR2,
(ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE
| ADC_CFGR2_TOVS | ADC_CFGR2_OVSS | ADC_CFGR2_OVSR
| ADC_CFGR2_OVSE)
);
}
else
{
/* ADC instance is in an unknown state */
/* Need to performing a hard reset of ADC instance, using high level */
/* clock source RCC ADC reset. */
/* Caution: On this STM32 series, if several ADC instances are available */
/* on the selected device, RCC ADC reset will reset */
/* all ADC instances belonging to the common ADC instance. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC instance.
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC instance.
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance .
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
* is conditioned to ADC state:
* ADC instance must be disabled.
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
* refer to description of each function for setting
* conditioned to ADC state.
* @note After using this function, some other features must be configured
* using LL unitary functions.
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
* - Set ADC group regular sequencer:
* Depending on the sequencer mode (refer to
* function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() ):
* - map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks();
* - map channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels();
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels();
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @param pADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *pADC_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK(pADC_InitStruct->Clock));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(pADC_InitStruct->Resolution));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(pADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_LOW_POWER(pADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0UL)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - ADC instance */
/* - Set ADC data resolution */
/* - Set ADC conversion data alignment */
/* - Set ADC low power mode */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
ADC_CFGR1_RES
| ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN
| ADC_CFGR1_WAIT
| ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF
,
pADC_InitStruct->Resolution
| pADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment
| pADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode
);
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR2,
ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE
,
pADC_InitStruct->Clock
);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param pADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_StructInit(LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *pADC_InitStruct)
{
/* Set pADC_InitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC instance */
pADC_InitStruct->Clock = LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2;
pADC_InitStruct->Resolution = LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B;
pADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment = LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT;
pADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode = LL_ADC_LP_MODE_NONE;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC group regular.
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group regular.
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
* (functions with prefix "REG").
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
* is conditioned to ADC state:
* ADC instance must be disabled.
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
* refer to description of each function for setting
* conditioned to ADC state.
* @note Before using this function, ADC group regular sequencer
* must be configured: refer to function
* @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable().
* @note After using this function, other features must be configured
* using LL unitary functions.
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
* - Set ADC group regular sequencer:
* Depending on the sequencer mode (refer to
* function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerConfigurable() ):
* - map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks();
* - map channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels();
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetSamplingTimeCommonChannels();
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
* @param ADCx ADC instance
* @param pADC_RegInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_REG_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *pADC_RegInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(pADC_RegInitStruct->TriggerSource));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(pADC_RegInitStruct->ContinuousMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(pADC_RegInitStruct->DMATransfer));
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR(pADC_RegInitStruct->Overrun));
if (LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable(ADCx) != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(pADC_RegInitStruct->SequencerLength));
}
if ((LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable(ADCx) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED)
|| (pADC_RegInitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(pADC_RegInitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
/* ADC group regular continuous mode and discontinuous mode */
/* can not be enabled simultenaeously */
assert_param((pADC_RegInitStruct->ContinuousMode == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE)
|| (pADC_RegInitStruct->SequencerDiscont == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE));
}
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
if (LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0UL)
{
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
/* - ADC group regular */
/* - Set ADC group regular trigger source */
/* - Set ADC group regular sequencer length */
/* - Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode */
/* - Set ADC group regular continuous mode */
/* - Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or */
/* transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode */
/* - Set ADC group regular overrun behavior */
/* Note: On this STM32 series, ADC trigger edge is set to value 0x0 by */
/* setting of trigger source to SW start. */
if ((LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable(ADCx) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED)
|| (pADC_RegInitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
)
{
/* Case of sequencer mode fixed
or sequencer length >= 2 ranks with sequencer mode fully configurable:
discontinuous mode configured */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL
| ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN
| ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
| ADC_CFGR1_CONT
| ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN
| ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG
| ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
,
pADC_RegInitStruct->TriggerSource
| pADC_RegInitStruct->SequencerDiscont
| pADC_RegInitStruct->ContinuousMode
| pADC_RegInitStruct->DMATransfer
| pADC_RegInitStruct->Overrun
);
}
else
{
/* Case of sequencer mode fully configurable
and sequencer length 1 rank (sequencer disabled):
discontinuous mode discarded (fixed to disable) */
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL
| ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN
| ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
| ADC_CFGR1_CONT
| ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN
| ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG
| ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
,
pADC_RegInitStruct->TriggerSource
| LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
| pADC_RegInitStruct->ContinuousMode
| pADC_RegInitStruct->DMATransfer
| pADC_RegInitStruct->Overrun
);
}
/* Set ADC group regular sequencer length */
if (LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerConfigurable(ADCx) != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_FIXED)
{
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, pADC_RegInitStruct->SequencerLength);
}
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param pADC_RegInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_ADC_REG_StructInit(LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *pADC_RegInitStruct)
{
/* Set pADC_RegInitStruct fields to default values */
/* Set fields of ADC group regular */
/* Note: On this STM32 series, ADC trigger edge is set to value 0x0 by */
/* setting of trigger source to SW start. */
pADC_RegInitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
pADC_RegInitStruct->SequencerLength = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE;
pADC_RegInitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
pADC_RegInitStruct->ContinuousMode = LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE;
pADC_RegInitStruct->DMATransfer = LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE;
pADC_RegInitStruct->Overrun = LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* ADC */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

255
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_comp.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_comp.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief COMP LL module driver
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_comp.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup COMP_LL COMP
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/* Check of parameters for configuration of COMP hierarchical scope: */
/* COMP instance. */
#define IS_LL_COMP_POWER_MODE(__POWER_MODE__) \
( ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_HIGHSPEED) \
|| ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_MEDIUMSPEED) \
|| ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_ULTRALOWPOWER) \
)
#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_PLUS__) \
((__COMP_INSTANCE__ == COMP1) \
? ( ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1) \
|| ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO2) \
) \
: \
( ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1) \
|| ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO2) \
|| ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO3) \
) \
)
/* Note: On this STM32 series, comparator input minus parameters are */
/* the same on all COMP instances. */
/* However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for */
/* compatibility with other STM32 families. */
#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_MINUS__) \
( ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_4VREFINT) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_2VREFINT) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_3_4VREFINT) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC_CH1) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO1) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO2) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO3) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO4) \
)
#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_HYSTERESIS(__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) \
( ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE) \
|| ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_LOW) \
|| ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_MEDIUM) \
|| ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_HIGH) \
)
#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_POLARITY(__POLARITY__) \
( ((__POLARITY__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED) \
|| ((__POLARITY__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_INVERTED) \
)
#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE(__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) \
( ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_NONE) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM1_OC5) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM2_OC3) \
)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected COMP instance
* to their default reset values.
* @note If comparator is locked, de-initialization by software is
* not possible.
* The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset.
* @param COMPx COMP instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: COMP registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: COMP registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_COMP_DeInit(COMP_TypeDef *COMPx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(COMPx));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* COMP instance must not be locked. */
if (LL_COMP_IsLocked(COMPx) == 0UL)
{
LL_COMP_WriteReg(COMPx, CSR, 0x00000000UL);
}
else
{
/* Comparator instance is locked: de-initialization by software is */
/* not possible. */
/* The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of COMP instance.
* @note This function configures features of the selected COMP instance.
* Some features are also available at scope COMP common instance
* (common to several COMP instances).
* Refer to functions having argument "COMPxy_COMMON" as parameter.
* @param COMPx COMP instance
* @param COMP_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: COMP registers are initialized
* - ERROR: COMP registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_COMP_Init(COMP_TypeDef *COMPx, LL_COMP_InitTypeDef *COMP_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(COMPx));
assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_POWER_MODE(COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus));
assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus));
assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_HYSTERESIS(COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis));
assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_POLARITY(COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity));
assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE(COMP_InitStruct->OutputBlankingSource));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function) */
/* COMP instance must not be locked. */
if (LL_COMP_IsLocked(COMPx) == 0UL)
{
/* Configuration of comparator instance : */
/* - PowerMode */
/* - InputPlus */
/* - InputMinus */
/* - InputHysteresis */
/* - OutputPolarity */
/* - OutputBlankingSource */
MODIFY_REG(COMPx->CSR,
COMP_CSR_PWRMODE
| COMP_CSR_INPSEL
| COMP_CSR_SCALEN
| COMP_CSR_BRGEN
| COMP_CSR_INMESEL
| COMP_CSR_INMSEL
| COMP_CSR_HYST
| COMP_CSR_POLARITY
| COMP_CSR_BLANKING
,
COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode
| COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus
| COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus
| COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis
| COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity
| COMP_InitStruct->OutputBlankingSource
);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: COMP instance is locked. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param COMP_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_COMP_StructInit(LL_COMP_InitTypeDef *COMP_InitStruct)
{
/* Set COMP_InitStruct fields to default values */
COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode = LL_COMP_POWERMODE_ULTRALOWPOWER;
COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus = LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1;
COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus = LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT;
COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis = LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE;
COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity = LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED;
COMP_InitStruct->OutputBlankingSource = LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_NONE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

103
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_crc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_crc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRC LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_crc.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (CRC)
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param CRCx CRC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_TypeDef *CRCx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(CRCx));
if (CRCx == CRC)
{
/* Force CRC reset */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC);
/* Release CRC reset */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (CRC) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

287
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_dac.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_dac.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DAC LL module driver
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_dac.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(DAC)
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL DAC
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__) \
( \
((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) \
( ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_LPTIM1_OUT) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_LPTIM2_OUT) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) \
( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__, __WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) \
( (((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE) \
&& ( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS2_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS3_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS4_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS5_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS6_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS7_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS8_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS9_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS10_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS11_0)) \
) \
||(((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
&& ( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_3) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_7) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_15) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_31) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_63) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_127) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_255) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_511) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1023) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_2047) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_4095)) \
) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) \
( ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECTION(__OUTPUT_CONNECTION__) \
( ((__OUTPUT_CONNECTION__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECT_GPIO) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_CONNECTION__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECT_INTERNAL) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE(__OUTPUT_MODE__) \
( ((__OUTPUT_MODE__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE_NORMAL) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_MODE__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE_SAMPLE_AND_HOLD) \
)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance
* to their default reset values.
* @param DACx DAC instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef *DACx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
/* Force reset of DAC clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC);
/* Release reset of DAC clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of DAC channel.
* @note @ref LL_DAC_Init() aims to ease basic configuration of a DAC channel.
* Leaving it ready to be enabled and output:
* a level by calling one of
* @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData12RightAligned
* @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData12LeftAligned
* @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData8RightAligned
* or one of the supported autogenerated wave.
* @note This function allows configuration of:
* - Output mode
* - Trigger
* - Wave generation
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_DAC_Init()
* is conditioned to DAC state:
* DAC channel must be disabled.
* @param DACx DAC instance
* @param DAC_Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1
* @param DAC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(DACx, DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECTION(DAC_InitStruct->OutputConnection));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->OutputMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration));
if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration,
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig));
}
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function) */
/* DAC instance must be disabled. */
if (LL_DAC_IsEnabled(DACx, DAC_Channel) == 0UL)
{
/* Configuration of DAC channel: */
/* - TriggerSource */
/* - WaveAutoGeneration */
/* - OutputBuffer */
/* - OutputConnection */
/* - OutputMode */
if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
{
MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
(DAC_CR_TSEL1
| DAC_CR_WAVE1
| DAC_CR_MAMP1
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
,
(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
| DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration
| DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
(DAC_CR_TSEL1
| DAC_CR_WAVE1
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
,
(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
| LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
);
}
MODIFY_REG(DACx->MCR,
(DAC_MCR_MODE1_1
| DAC_MCR_MODE1_0
| DAC_MCR_MODE1_2
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
,
(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
| DAC_InitStruct->OutputConnection
| DAC_InitStruct->OutputMode
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: DAC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param DAC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DAC_StructInit(LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
{
/* Set DAC_InitStruct fields to default values */
DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration = LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE;
/* Note: Parameter discarded if wave auto generation is disabled, */
/* set anyway to its default value. */
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig = LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0;
DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE;
DAC_InitStruct->OutputConnection = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECT_GPIO;
DAC_InitStruct->OutputMode = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE_NORMAL;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DAC */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

344
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_dma.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_dma.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DMA LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_dma.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2)
/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR))
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT))
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT))
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD))
#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU)
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= LL_DMAMUX_MAX_REQ)
#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH))
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values.
* @param DMAx DMAx Instance
* @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel) || (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL));
if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL)
{
if (DMAx == DMA1)
{
/* Force reset of DMA clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1);
/* Release reset of DMA clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1);
}
#if defined(DMA2)
else if (DMAx == DMA2)
{
/* Force reset of DMA clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2);
/* Release reset of DMA clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2);
}
#endif /* DMA2 */
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
else
{
DMA_Channel_TypeDef *tmp;
tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
/* Disable the selected DMAx_Channely */
CLEAR_BIT(tmp->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely control register */
WRITE_REG(tmp->CCR, 0U);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely remaining bytes register */
WRITE_REG(tmp->CNDTR, 0U);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely peripheral address register */
WRITE_REG(tmp->CPAR, 0U);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely memory address register */
WRITE_REG(tmp->CMAR, 0U);
/* Reset Request register field for DMAx Channel */
LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, LL_DMAMUX_REQ_MEM2MEM);
if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel1 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI1(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel2 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI2(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel3 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI3(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel4 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI4(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel5 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI5(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel6 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI6(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel7 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI7(DMAx);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct.
* @note To convert DMAx_Channely Instance to DMAx Instance and Channely, use helper macros :
* @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE
* @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL
* @param DMAx DMAx Instance
* @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
* @param DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
{
/* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
/* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority));
/*---------------------------- DMAx CCR Configuration ------------------------
* Configure DMAx_Channely: data transfer direction, data transfer mode,
* peripheral and memory increment mode,
* data size alignment and priority level with parameters :
* - Direction: DMA_CCR_DIR and DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM bits
* - Mode: DMA_CCR_CIRC bit
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode: DMA_CCR_PINC bit
* - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode: DMA_CCR_MINC bit
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_CCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits
* - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_CCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits
* - Priority: DMA_CCR_PL[1:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->Direction | \
DMA_InitStruct->Mode | \
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode | \
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode | \
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \
DMA_InitStruct->Priority);
/*-------------------------- DMAx CMAR Configuration -------------------------
* Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter :
* - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_CMAR_MA[31:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress);
/*-------------------------- DMAx CPAR Configuration -------------------------
* Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter :
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_CPAR_PA[31:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress);
/*--------------------------- DMAx CNDTR Configuration -----------------------
* Configure the peripheral base address with parameter :
* - NbData: DMA_CNDTR_NDT[15:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->NbData);
/*--------------------------- DMAMUXx CCR Configuration ----------------------
* Configure the DMA request for DMA Channels on DMAMUX Channel x with parameter :
* - PeriphRequest: DMA_CxCR[7:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
{
/* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress = 0x00000000U;
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress = 0x00000000U;
DMA_InitStruct->Direction = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
DMA_InitStruct->Mode = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT;
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
DMA_InitStruct->NbData = 0x00000000U;
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest = LL_DMAMUX_REQ_MEM2MEM;
DMA_InitStruct->Priority = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

363
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_exti.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief EXTI LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_exti.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (EXTI)
/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U)
#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_32_63(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_32_63) == 0x00000000U)
#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT))
#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_EXTI_DeInit(void)
{
/* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR1, 0x00000000U);
/* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR1, 0x00000000U);
/* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER1, 0x00000000U);
/* Pending register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR1, 0xFFFFFFFFU);
/* Rising Trigger selection register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR2, 0x00000000U);
/* Falling Trigger selection register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR2, 0x00000000U);
/* Software interrupt event register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER2, 0x00000000U);
/* Pending register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR2, 0xFFFFFFFFU);
/* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined (CORE_CM0PLUS)
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(C2IMR1, 0x00000000U);
#else
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR1, 0x00000000U);
#endif
/* Event mask register set to default reset values */
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined (CORE_CM0PLUS)
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(C2EMR1, 0x00000000U);
#else
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR1, 0x00000000U);
#endif
/* Interrupt mask register 2 set to default reset values */
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined (CORE_CM0PLUS)
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(C2IMR2, 0x00000000U);
#else
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR2, 0x00000000U);
#endif
/* Event mask register 2 set to default reset values */
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined (CORE_CM0PLUS)
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(C2EMR2, 0x00000000U);
#else
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR2, 0x00000000U);
#endif
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct.
* @param EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31));
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand));
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode));
/* ENABLE LineCommand */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger));
/* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
{
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined (CORE_CM0PLUS)
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
/* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
LL_C2_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
LL_C2_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
/* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
LL_C2_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
LL_C2_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
/* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
LL_C2_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_C2_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
default:
status = ERROR;
break;
#else
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
/* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
/* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
/* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
default:
status = ERROR;
break;
#endif
}
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
{
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
/* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
/* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
default:
status = ERROR;
break;
}
}
}
/* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 32 to 63 */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
{
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined (CORE_CM0PLUS)
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
/* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
LL_C2_EXTI_DisableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
LL_C2_EXTI_EnableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
/* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
LL_C2_EXTI_DisableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
/* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
LL_C2_EXTI_EnableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
/* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
LL_C2_EXTI_EnableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
LL_C2_EXTI_EnableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
default:
status = ERROR;
break;
#else
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
/* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
/* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
/* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
/* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
default:
status = ERROR;
break;
#endif
}
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
{
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
/* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
/* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
/* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
default:
status = ERROR;
break;
}
}
}
}
/* DISABLE LineCommand */
else
{
#if defined(DUAL_CORE) && defined (CORE_CM0PLUS)
/* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
LL_C2_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_C2_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 32 to 63 */
LL_C2_EXTI_DisableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
LL_C2_EXTI_DisableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
#else
/* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 32 to 63 */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
#endif
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
{
EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63 = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand = DISABLE;
EXTI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT;
EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (EXTI) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

259
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_gpio.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief GPIO LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_gpio.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOH)
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__) (((0x00000000U) < (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= (LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL)))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_NO) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_0 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_1 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_2 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_3 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_4 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_5 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_6 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_7 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_8 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_9 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_10 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_11 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_12 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_13 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_14 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_15 ))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param GPIOx GPIO Port
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: Wrong GPIO Port
*/
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
/* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */
if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
}
#if defined(GPIOH)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOH)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOH);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOH);
}
#endif /* GPIOH */
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct.
* @param GPIOx GPIO Port
* @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t pinpos;
uint32_t currentpin;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin));
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull));
/* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */
/* Initialize pinpos on first pin set */
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
pinpos = 0;
#else
pinpos = POSITION_VAL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin);
#endif /* CORE_CM0PLUS */
/* Configure the port pins */
while (((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) >> pinpos) != 0x00u)
{
/* Get current io position */
currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & (0x00000001uL << pinpos);
if (currentpin != 0x00u)
{
/* Pin Mode configuration */
LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode);
if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
{
/* Check Speed mode parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->Speed));
/* Speed mode configuration */
LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed);
/* Check Output mode parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType));
/* Output mode configuration*/
LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType);
}
/* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/
LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull);
if (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE)
{
/* Check Alternate parameter */
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate));
/* Alternate function configuration mode configuration */
if (currentpin < LL_GPIO_PIN_8)
{
LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
}
else
{
LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
}
}
/* Pin Mode configuration */
LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode);
}
pinpos++;
}
return (SUCCESS);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
{
/* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
GPIO_InitStruct->Pin = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL;
GPIO_InitStruct->Mode = LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
GPIO_InitStruct->Speed = LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW;
GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL;
GPIO_InitStruct->Pull = LL_GPIO_PULL_NO;
GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate = LL_GPIO_AF_0;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOH) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

232
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_i2c.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_i2c.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief I2C LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_i2c.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2) || defined (I2C3)
/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_I2C) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP))
#define IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE))
#define IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000000FU)
#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000003FFU)
#define IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ACK) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_NACK))
#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values.
* @param I2Cx I2C Instance.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: I2C registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: I2C registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
if (I2Cx == I2C1)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
}
else if (I2Cx == I2C2)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
}
else if (I2Cx == I2C3)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C3);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C3);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct.
* @param I2Cx I2C Instance.
* @param I2C_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: I2C registers are initialized
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
{
/* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
/* Check the I2C parameters from I2C_InitStruct */
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize));
/* Disable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
LL_I2C_Disable(I2Cx);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure the analog and digital noise filters with parameters :
* - AnalogFilter: I2C_CR1_ANFOFF bit
* - DigitalFilter: I2C_CR1_DNF[3:0] bits
*/
LL_I2C_ConfigFilters(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter, I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration --------------------
* Configure the SDA setup, hold time and the SCL high, low period with parameter :
* - Timing: I2C_TIMINGR_PRESC[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SCLDEL[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SDADEL[3:0],
* I2C_TIMINGR_SCLH[7:0] and I2C_TIMINGR_SCLL[7:0] bits
*/
LL_I2C_SetTiming(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->Timing);
/* Enable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
LL_I2C_Enable(I2Cx);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------
* Disable, Configure and Enable I2Cx device own address 1 with parameters :
* - OwnAddress1: I2C_OAR1_OA1[9:0] bits
* - OwnAddrSize: I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE bit
*/
LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize);
/* OwnAdress1 == 0 is reserved for General Call address */
if (I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 != 0U)
{
LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
}
/*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration -----------------------
* Configure I2Cx peripheral mode with parameter :
* - PeripheralMode: I2C_CR1_SMBDEN and I2C_CR1_SMBHEN bits
*/
LL_I2C_SetMode(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition
* after the address receive match code or next received byte with parameter :
* - TypeAcknowledge: I2C_CR2_NACK bit
*/
LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param I2C_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
{
/* Set I2C_InitStruct fields to default values */
I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode = LL_I2C_MODE_I2C;
I2C_InitStruct->Timing = 0U;
I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter = LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE;
I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter = 0U;
I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 = 0U;
I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge = LL_I2C_NACK;
I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize = LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 || I2C3 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

339
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_lptim.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_lptim.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief LPTIM LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_lptim.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_rcc.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (LPTIM1) || defined (LPTIM2) || defined (LPTIM3)
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL))
#define IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV128))
#define IS_LL_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_PWM) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_SETONCE))
#define IS_LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_REGULAR) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_INVERSE))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup LPTIM_Private_Functions LPTIM Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set LPTIMx registers to their reset values.
* @param LPTIMx LP Timer instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: LPTIMx registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: invalid LPTIMx instance
*/
ErrorStatus LL_LPTIM_DeInit(LPTIM_TypeDef *LPTIMx)
{
ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
if (LPTIMx == LPTIM1)
{
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPTIM1);
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPTIM1);
}
else if (LPTIMx == LPTIM2)
{
LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPTIM2);
LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPTIM2);
}
else if (LPTIMx == LPTIM3)
{
LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPTIM3);
LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPTIM3);
}
else
{
result = ERROR;
}
return result;
}
/**
* @brief Set each fields of the LPTIM_InitStruct structure to its default
* value.
* @param LPTIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval None
*/
void LL_LPTIM_StructInit(LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef *LPTIM_InitStruct)
{
/* Set the default configuration */
LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource = LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL;
LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler = LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1;
LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform = LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_PWM;
LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity = LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_REGULAR;
}
/**
* @brief Configure the LPTIMx peripheral according to the specified parameters.
* @note LL_LPTIM_Init can only be called when the LPTIM instance is disabled.
* @note LPTIMx can be disabled using unitary function @ref LL_LPTIM_Disable().
* @param LPTIMx LP Timer Instance
* @param LPTIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: LPTIMx instance has been initialized
* - ERROR: LPTIMx instance hasn't been initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_LPTIM_Init(LPTIM_TypeDef *LPTIMx, LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef *LPTIM_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity));
/* The LPTIMx_CFGR register must only be modified when the LPTIM is disabled
(ENABLE bit is reset to 0).
*/
if (LL_LPTIM_IsEnabled(LPTIMx) == 1UL)
{
result = ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Set CKSEL bitfield according to ClockSource value */
/* Set PRESC bitfield according to Prescaler value */
/* Set WAVE bitfield according to Waveform value */
/* Set WAVEPOL bitfield according to Polarity value */
MODIFY_REG(LPTIMx->CFGR,
(LPTIM_CFGR_CKSEL | LPTIM_CFGR_PRESC | LPTIM_CFGR_WAVE | LPTIM_CFGR_WAVPOL),
LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource | \
LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler | \
LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform | \
LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity);
}
return result;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the LPTIM instance
* @rmtoll CR ENABLE LL_LPTIM_Disable
* @param LPTIMx Low-Power Timer instance
* @note The following sequence is required to solve LPTIM disable HW limitation.
* Please check Errata Sheet ES0335 for more details under "MCU may remain
* stuck in LPTIM interrupt when entering Stop mode" section.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_LPTIM_Disable(LPTIM_TypeDef *LPTIMx)
{
LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clock;
uint32_t tmpclksource = 0;
uint32_t tmpIER;
uint32_t tmpCFGR;
uint32_t tmpCMP;
uint32_t tmpARR;
uint32_t primask_bit;
uint32_t tmpOR;
uint32_t tmpRCR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
/* Enter critical section */
primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
__set_PRIMASK(1) ;
/********** Save LPTIM Config *********/
/* Save LPTIM source clock */
switch ((uint32_t)LPTIMx)
{
case LPTIM1_BASE:
tmpclksource = LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE);
break;
case LPTIM2_BASE:
tmpclksource = LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM2_CLKSOURCE);
break;
case LPTIM3_BASE:
tmpclksource = LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM3_CLKSOURCE);
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Save LPTIM configuration registers */
tmpIER = LPTIMx->IER;
tmpCFGR = LPTIMx->CFGR;
tmpCMP = LPTIMx->CMP;
tmpARR = LPTIMx->ARR;
tmpOR = LPTIMx->OR;
tmpRCR = LPTIMx->RCR;
/************* Reset LPTIM ************/
(void)LL_LPTIM_DeInit(LPTIMx);
/********* Restore LPTIM Config *******/
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clock);
if ((tmpCMP != 0UL) || (tmpARR != 0UL) || (tmpRCR != 0UL))
{
/* Force LPTIM source kernel clock from APB */
switch ((uint32_t)LPTIMx)
{
case LPTIM1_BASE:
LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1);
break;
case LPTIM2_BASE:
LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM2_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1);
break;
case LPTIM3_BASE:
LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM3_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1);
break;
default:
break;
}
if (tmpCMP != 0UL)
{
/* Restore CMP and ARR registers (LPTIM should be enabled first) */
LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_CR_ENABLE;
LPTIMx->CMP = tmpCMP;
/* Polling on CMP write ok status after above restore operation */
do
{
rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency--; /* Used for timeout */
} while (((LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_CMPOK(LPTIMx) != 1UL)) && ((rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency) > 0UL));
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_CMPOK(LPTIMx);
}
if (tmpARR != 0UL)
{
LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_CR_ENABLE;
LPTIMx->ARR = tmpARR;
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clock);
/* Polling on ARR write ok status after above restore operation */
do
{
rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency--; /* Used for timeout */
}
while (((LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_ARROK(LPTIMx) != 1UL)) && ((rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency) > 0UL));
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_ARROK(LPTIMx);
}
if (tmpRCR != 0UL)
{
LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_CR_ENABLE;
LPTIMx->RCR = tmpRCR;
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clock);
/* Polling on RCR write ok status after above restore operation */
do
{
rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency--; /* Used for timeout */
} while (((LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_REPOK(LPTIMx) != 1UL)) && ((rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency) > 0UL));
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_REPOK(LPTIMx);
}
/* Restore LPTIM source kernel clock */
LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource(tmpclksource);
}
/* Restore configuration registers (LPTIM should be disabled first) */
LPTIMx->CR &= ~(LPTIM_CR_ENABLE);
LPTIMx->IER = tmpIER;
LPTIMx->CFGR = tmpCFGR;
LPTIMx->OR = tmpOR;
/* Exit critical section: restore previous priority mask */
__set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* LPTIM1 || LPTIM2 || LPTIM3 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

282
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_lpuart.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_lpuart.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief LPUART LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_lpuart.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_rcc.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (LPUART1)
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/* Check of parameters for configuration of LPUART registers */
#define IS_LL_LPUART_PRESCALER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV6) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV10) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV12) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV128) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV256))
/* __BAUDRATE__ Depending on constraints applicable for LPUART BRR register */
/* value : */
/* - fck must be in the range [3 x baudrate, 4096 x baudrate] */
/* - LPUART_BRR register value should be >= 0x300 */
/* - LPUART_BRR register value should be <= 0xFFFFF (20 bits) */
/* Baudrate specified by the user should belong to [8, 16000000].*/
#define IS_LL_LPUART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) (((__BAUDRATE__) <= 16000000U) && ((__BAUDRATE__) >= 8U))
/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be greater than or equal to 0x300. */
#define IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MIN(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x300U)
/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be lower than or equal to 0xFFFFF. */
#define IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MAX(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000FFFFFU)
#define IS_LL_LPUART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_TX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_TX_RX))
#define IS_LL_LPUART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PARITY_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PARITY_EVEN) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PARITY_ODD))
#define IS_LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_7B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
#define IS_LL_LPUART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_STOPBITS_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_STOPBITS_2))
#define IS_LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize LPUART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param LPUARTx LPUART Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: LPUART registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_LPUART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *LPUARTx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(LPUARTx));
if (LPUARTx == LPUART1)
{
/* Force reset of LPUART peripheral */
LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPUART1);
/* Release reset of LPUART peripheral */
LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPUART1);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize LPUART registers according to the specified
* parameters in LPUART_InitStruct.
* @note As some bits in LPUART configuration registers can only be written when
* the LPUART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
* LPUART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function.
* Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @note Baud rate value stored in LPUART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
* @param LPUARTx LPUART Instance
* @param LPUART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified LPUART peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: LPUART registers are initialized according to LPUART_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Problem occurred during LPUART Registers initialization
*/
ErrorStatus LL_LPUART_Init(USART_TypeDef *LPUARTx, LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef *LPUART_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
uint32_t periphclk;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(LPUARTx));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_PRESCALER(LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_BAUDRATE(LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH(LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_STOPBITS(LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_PARITY(LPUART_InitStruct->Parity));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_DIRECTION(LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL(LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl));
/* LPUART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
CRx registers. Otherwise (LPUART not in Disabled state) => return ERROR */
if (LL_LPUART_IsEnabled(LPUARTx) == 0U)
{
/*---------------------------- LPUART CR1 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure LPUARTx CR1 (LPUART Word Length, Parity and Transfer Direction bits) with parameters:
* - DataWidth: USART_CR1_M bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth value
* - Parity: USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->Parity value
* - TransferDirection: USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value
*/
MODIFY_REG(LPUARTx->CR1,
(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE),
(LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth | LPUART_InitStruct->Parity | LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
/*---------------------------- LPUART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure LPUARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters:
* - Stop Bits: USART_CR2_STOP bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits value.
*/
LL_LPUART_SetStopBitsLength(LPUARTx, LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits);
/*---------------------------- LPUART CR3 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure LPUARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters:
* - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according
* to LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value.
*/
LL_LPUART_SetHWFlowCtrl(LPUARTx, LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl);
/*---------------------------- LPUART BRR Configuration -----------------------
* Retrieve Clock frequency used for LPUART Peripheral
*/
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetLPUARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_LPUART1_CLKSOURCE);
/* Configure the LPUART Baud Rate :
- prescaler value is required
- valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required
- Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0).
*/
if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO)
&& (LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U))
{
status = SUCCESS;
LL_LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUARTx,
periphclk,
LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue,
LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
/* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 0x300 */
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MIN(LPUARTx->BRR));
/* Check BRR is lower than or equal to 0xFFFFF */
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MAX(LPUARTx->BRR));
}
/*---------------------------- LPUART PRESC Configuration -----------------------
* Configure LPUARTx PRESC (Prescaler) with parameters:
* - PrescalerValue: LPUART_PRESC_PRESCALER bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue value.
*/
LL_LPUART_SetPrescaler(LPUARTx, LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue);
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param LPUART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_LPUART_StructInit(LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef *LPUART_InitStruct)
{
/* Set LPUART_InitStruct fields to default values */
LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue = LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV1;
LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate = 9600U;
LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_8B;
LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits = LL_LPUART_STOPBITS_1;
LPUART_InitStruct->Parity = LL_LPUART_PARITY_NONE ;
LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_TX_RX;
LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* LPUART1 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

160
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_pka.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_pka.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PKA LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_pka.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(PKA)
/** @addtogroup PKA_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PKA_LL_Private_Macros PKA Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_PKA_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_PARAM_MOD_EXP) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_PARAM) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_EXP) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_PARAM_ECC) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ECC_KP_PRIMITIVE) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ECDSA_SIGNATURE) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ECDSA_VERIFICATION) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_POINT_CHECK) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_RSA_CRT_EXP) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_INV) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ARITHMETIC_ADD) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ARITHMETIC_SUB) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ARITHMETIC_MUL) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_COMPARISON) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_REDUC) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_ADD) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_SUB) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_MUL))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PKA_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PKA_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize PKA registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param PKAx PKA Instance.
* @retval ErrorStatus
* - SUCCESS: PKA registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: PKA registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PKA_DeInit(PKA_TypeDef *PKAx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PKA_ALL_INSTANCE(PKAx));
if (PKAx == PKA)
{
/* Force PKA reset */
LL_AHB3_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB3_GRP1_PERIPH_PKA);
/* Release PKA reset */
LL_AHB3_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB3_GRP1_PERIPH_PKA);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize PKA registers according to the specified parameters in PKA_InitStruct.
* @param PKAx PKA Instance.
* @param PKA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_PKA_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified PKA peripheral.
* @retval ErrorStatus
* - SUCCESS: PKA registers are initialized according to PKA_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PKA_Init(PKA_TypeDef *PKAx, LL_PKA_InitTypeDef *PKA_InitStruct)
{
assert_param(IS_PKA_ALL_INSTANCE(PKAx));
assert_param(IS_LL_PKA_MODE(PKA_InitStruct->Mode));
LL_PKA_Config(PKAx, PKA_InitStruct->Mode);
return (SUCCESS);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_PKA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param PKA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_PKA_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_PKA_StructInit(LL_PKA_InitTypeDef *PKA_InitStruct)
{
/* Reset PKA init structure parameters values */
PKA_InitStruct->Mode = LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_PARAM_MOD_EXP;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (PKA) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

148
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_pwr.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PWR LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_pwr.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(PWR)
/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Private_Constants PWR Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* Definitions of PWR registers reset value */
#define PWR_CR1_RESET_VALUE (0x00000200)
#define PWR_CR2_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_CR3_RESET_VALUE (PWR_CR3_EIWUL)
#define PWR_CR4_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_CR5_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PUCRA_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PDCRA_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PUCRB_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PDCRB_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PUCRC_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PDCRC_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PUCRH_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#define PWR_PDCRH_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
#define PWR_C2CR1_RESET_VALUE (PWR_C2CR1_LPMS_2 | PWR_C2CR1_LPMS_1 | PWR_C2CR1_LPMS_0)
#define PWR_C2CR3_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000)
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
/* Apply reset values to all PWR registers */
LL_PWR_WriteReg(CR1, PWR_CR1_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(CR2, PWR_CR2_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(CR3, PWR_CR3_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(CR4, PWR_CR4_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(CR5, PWR_CR5_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PUCRA, PWR_PUCRA_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PDCRA, PWR_PDCRA_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PUCRB, PWR_PUCRB_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PDCRB, PWR_PDCRB_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PUCRC, PWR_PUCRC_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PDCRC, PWR_PDCRC_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PUCRH, PWR_PUCRH_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(PDCRH, PWR_PDCRH_RESET_VALUE);
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
LL_PWR_WriteReg(C2CR1, PWR_C2CR1_RESET_VALUE);
LL_PWR_WriteReg(C2CR3, PWR_C2CR3_RESET_VALUE);
#endif
/* Clear all flags */
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
LL_PWR_WriteReg(SCR,
LL_PWR_SCR_CWUF
| LL_PWR_SCR_CWRFBUSYF
| LL_PWR_SCR_CWPVDF
| LL_PWR_SCR_CC2HF
);
#else
LL_PWR_WriteReg(SCR,
LL_PWR_SCR_CWUF
| LL_PWR_SCR_CWRFBUSYF
| LL_PWR_SCR_CWPVDF
);
#endif
#ifdef CORE_CM0PLUS
LL_PWR_WriteReg(EXTSCR,
LL_PWR_EXTSCR_C2CSSF
);
#else
LL_PWR_WriteReg(EXTSCR,
LL_PWR_EXTSCR_C1CSSF
);
#endif
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined(PWR) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

1100
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_rcc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

148
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_rng.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_rng.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief RNG LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_rng.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (RNG)
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RNG_LL_Private_Macros RNG Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_RNG_CED(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == LL_RNG_CED_ENABLE) || \
((__MODE__) == LL_RNG_CED_DISABLE))
#define IS_LL_RNG_CLOCK_DIVIDER(__CLOCK_DIV__) ((__CLOCK_DIV__) <=0x0Fu)
#define IS_LL_RNG_NIST_COMPLIANCE(__NIST_COMPLIANCE__) (((__NIST_COMPLIANCE__) == LL_RNG_NIST_COMPLIANT) || \
((__NIST_COMPLIANCE__) == LL_RNG_NOTNIST_COMPLIANT))
#define IS_LL_RNG_CONFIG1 (__CONFIG1__) ((__CONFIG1__) <= 0x3FUL)
#define IS_LL_RNG_CONFIG2 (__CONFIG2__) ((__CONFIG2__) <= 0x07UL)
#define IS_LL_RNG_CONFIG3 (__CONFIG3__) ((__CONFIG3__) <= 0xFUL)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize RNG registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param RNGx RNG Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RNG registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_TypeDef *RNGx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(RNGx));
/* Enable RNG reset state */
LL_AHB3_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB3_GRP1_PERIPH_RNG);
/* Release RNG from reset state */
LL_AHB3_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB3_GRP1_PERIPH_RNG);
return (SUCCESS);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize RNG registers according to the specified parameters in RNG_InitStruct.
* @param RNGx RNG Instance
* @param RNG_InitStruct pointer to a LL_RNG_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified RNG peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RNG registers are initialized according to RNG_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RNG_Init(RNG_TypeDef *RNGx, LL_RNG_InitTypeDef *RNG_InitStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(RNGx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RNG_CED(RNG_InitStruct->ClockErrorDetection));
/* Clock Error Detection Configuration when CONDRT bit is set to 1 */
MODIFY_REG(RNGx->CR, RNG_CR_CED | RNG_CR_CONDRST, RNG_InitStruct->ClockErrorDetection | RNG_CR_CONDRST);
/* Writing bits CONDRST=0*/
CLEAR_BIT(RNGx->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST);
return (SUCCESS);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RNG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param RNG_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RNG_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RNG_StructInit(LL_RNG_InitTypeDef *RNG_InitStruct)
{
/* Set RNG_InitStruct fields to default values */
RNG_InitStruct->ClockErrorDetection = LL_RNG_CED_ENABLE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* RNG */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

891
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_rtc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,891 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_rtc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief RTC LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_rtc.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_cortex.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(RTC)
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/* Default values used for prescaler */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT ((uint32_t) 0x0000007FU)
#define RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT ((uint32_t) 0x000000FFU)
/* Values used for timeout */
#define RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 1000U) /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
#define RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 1000U) /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_AMPM))
#define IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FU)
#define IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FFFU)
#define IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD))
#define IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_PM))
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__HOUR__) (((__HOUR__) > 0U) && ((__HOUR__) <= 12U))
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__HOUR__) ((__HOUR__) <= 23U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__MINUTES__) ((__MINUTES__) <= 59U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__SECONDS__) ((__SECONDS__) <= 59U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY))
#define IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__DAY__) (((__DAY__) >= (uint32_t)1U) && ((__DAY__) <= (uint32_t)31U))
#define IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_FEBRUARY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_MARCH) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_APRIL) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_MAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JUNE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JULY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_AUGUST) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_SEPTEMBER) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_OCTOBER) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_NOVEMBER) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_DECEMBER))
#define IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__YEAR__) ((__YEAR__) <= 99U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_HOURS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_MINUTES) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_SECONDS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_ALL))
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_HOURS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_MINUTES) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_SECONDS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_ALL))
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
* @note This function does not reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data
* registers.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_TAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(TAMP));
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
WRITE_REG(RTCx->TR, 0x00000000U);
#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
WRITE_REG(RTCx->WUTR, RTC_WUTR_WUT);
#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
WRITE_REG(RTCx->DR, (RTC_DR_WDU_0 | RTC_DR_MU_0 | RTC_DR_DU_0));
/* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
WRITE_REG(RTCx->CR, (LL_RTC_ReadReg(RTCx, CR) & RTC_CR_WUCKSEL));
#else
WRITE_REG(RTCx->CR, 0x00000000U);
#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
WRITE_REG(RTCx->PRER, (RTC_PRER_PREDIV_A | RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT));
WRITE_REG(RTCx->ALRMAR, 0x00000000U);
WRITE_REG(RTCx->ALRMBR, 0x00000000U);
WRITE_REG(RTCx->SHIFTR, 0x00000000U);
WRITE_REG(RTCx->CALR, 0x00000000U);
WRITE_REG(RTCx->ALRMASSR, 0x00000000U);
WRITE_REG(RTCx->ALRMBSSR, 0x00000000U);
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
/* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */
status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
}
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* DeInitialization of the TAMP */
/* Reset TAMP CR1 and CR2 registers */
WRITE_REG(TAMP->CR1, 0xFFFF0000U);
WRITE_REG(TAMP->CR2, 0x00000000U);
#if defined (RTC_OTHER_SUPPORT)
WRITE_REG(TAMP->CR3, 0x00000000U);
WRITE_REG(TAMP->SMCR, 0x00000000U);
WRITE_REG(TAMP->PRIVCR, 0x00000000U);
#endif /* RTC_OTHER_SUPPORT */
WRITE_REG(TAMP->FLTCR, 0x00000000U);
#if defined (RTC_ACTIVE_TAMPER_SUPPORT)
WRITE_REG(TAMP->ATCR1, 0x00000000U);
WRITE_REG(TAMP->ATCR2, 0x00000000U);
#endif /* RTC_ACTIVE_TAMPER_SUPPORT */
WRITE_REG(TAMP->IER, 0x00000000U);
WRITE_REG(TAMP->SCR, 0xFFFFFFFFU);
#if defined (RTC_OPTION_REG_SUPPORT)
WRITE_REG(TAMP->OR, 0x00000000U);
#endif /* RTC_OPTION_REG_SUPPORT */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters
* in RTC_InitStruct.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the RTC peripheral.
* @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in
* initialization mode only.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler));
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Set Hour Format */
LL_RTC_SetHourFormat(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat);
/* Configure Synchronous and Asynchronous prescaler factor */
LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler);
LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler);
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
status = SUCCESS;
}
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_StructInit(LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
{
/* Set RTC_InitStruct fields to default values */
RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat = LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR;
RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler = RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler = RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC current time.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains
* the time configuration information for the RTC.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
* - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
}
else
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)));
}
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Check the input parameters format */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, RTC_TimeStruct->Hours,
RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes, RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
}
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
/* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
{
status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
}
else
{
status = SUCCESS;
}
}
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
* @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit(LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
{
/* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */
RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24;
RTC_TimeStruct->Hours = 0U;
RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes = 0U;
RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds = 0U;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC current date.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains
* the date configuration information for the RTC.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC Day register is configured
* - ERROR: RTC Day register is not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DATE_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
if ((RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->Month & 0x10U) == 0x10U))
{
RTC_DateStruct->Month = (uint8_t)(((uint32_t) RTC_DateStruct->Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10U)) + 0x0AU);
}
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->Month));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_DateStruct->Day));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Year)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Month)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Day)));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay));
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Check the input parameters format */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, RTC_DateStruct->Day, RTC_DateStruct->Month, RTC_DateStruct->Year);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Day),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Month), __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
}
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
/* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
{
status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
}
else
{
status = SUCCESS;
}
}
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef field to default value (date = Monday, January 01 xx00)
* @param RTC_DateStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_DATE_StructInit(LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
{
/* Monday, January 01 xx00 */
RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay = LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY;
RTC_DateStruct->Day = 1U;
RTC_DateStruct->Month = LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY;
RTC_DateStruct->Year = 0U;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC Alarm A.
* @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
* is disabled (Use @ref LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable function).
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
* contains the alarm configuration parameters.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ALARMA registers are configured
* - ERROR: ALARMA registers are not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMA_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
}
else
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
}
}
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Select weekday selection */
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
/* Set the date for ALARM */
LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
}
else
{
/* Set the week day for ALARM */
LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
}
/* Configure the Alarm register */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
}
/* Set ALARM mask */
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC Alarm B.
* @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
* is disabled (@ref LL_RTC_ALMB_Disable function).
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
* contains the alarm configuration parameters.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ALARMB registers are configured
* - ERROR: ALARMB registers are not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMB_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
}
else
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
}
}
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Select weekday selection */
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
/* Set the date for ALARM */
LL_RTC_ALMB_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
}
else
{
/* Set the week day for ALARM */
LL_RTC_ALMB_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
}
/* Configure the Alarm register */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
}
/* Set ALARM mask */
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
* Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_ALMA_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds = 0U;
/* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay = 1U;
/* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask = LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
* Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_ALMB_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMB_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds = 0U;
/* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay = 1U;
/* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask = LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE;
}
/**
* @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
* @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
* - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
__IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT;
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
if (LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx) == 0U)
{
/* Set the Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_EnableInitMode(RTCx);
/* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
{
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
{
timeout --;
}
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Exit the RTC Initialization mode.
* @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts
* counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
* @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Disable initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Day registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
* synchronized with RTC APB clock.
* @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
* @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
* initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
* the software must first clear the RSF flag.
* The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
* the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
* correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
__IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Clear RSF flag */
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx);
/* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 0U))
{
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
{
timeout--;
}
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
if (status != ERROR)
{
timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
{
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
{
timeout--;
}
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined(RTC) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

531
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_spi.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_spi.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief SPI LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_spi.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_rcc.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2)
/** @addtogroup SPI_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* SPI registers Masks */
#define SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_CR1_CPHA | SPI_CR1_CPOL | SPI_CR1_MSTR | \
SPI_CR1_BR | SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST | SPI_CR1_SSI | \
SPI_CR1_SSM | SPI_CR1_RXONLY | SPI_CR1_CRCL | \
SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT | SPI_CR1_CRCEN | SPI_CR1_BIDIOE | \
SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX))
#define IS_LL_SPI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE))
#define IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_4BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_5BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_6BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_7BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_9BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_10BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_11BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_12BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_13BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_14BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_15BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_16BIT))
#define IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH))
#define IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_2EDGE))
#define IS_LL_SPI_NSS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT))
#define IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV128) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV256))
#define IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST))
#define IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE))
#define IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x1U)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the SPI registers to their default reset values.
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
#if defined(SPI1)
if (SPIx == SPI1)
{
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
status = SUCCESS;
}
#endif /* SPI1 */
#if defined(SPI2)
if (SPIx == SPI2)
{
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
status = SUCCESS;
}
#endif /* SPI2 */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the SPI registers according to the specified parameters in SPI_InitStruct.
* @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
* SPI peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
* @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS)
*/
ErrorStatus LL_SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the SPI Instance SPIx*/
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
/* Check the SPI parameters from SPI_InitStruct*/
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->NSS));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation));
if (LL_SPI_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
{
/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure SPIx CR1 with parameters:
* - TransferDirection: SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE and SPI_CR1_RXONLY bits
* - Master/Slave Mode: SPI_CR1_MSTR bit
* - ClockPolarity: SPI_CR1_CPOL bit
* - ClockPhase: SPI_CR1_CPHA bit
* - NSS management: SPI_CR1_SSM bit
* - BaudRate prescaler: SPI_CR1_BR[2:0] bits
* - BitOrder: SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST bit
* - CRCCalculation: SPI_CR1_CRCEN bit
*/
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR1,
SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK,
SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection | SPI_InitStruct->Mode |
SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase |
SPI_InitStruct->NSS | SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate |
SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder | SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation);
/*---------------------------- SPIx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure SPIx CR2 with parameters:
* - DataWidth: DS[3:0] bits
* - NSS management: SSOE bit
*/
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR2,
SPI_CR2_DS | SPI_CR2_SSOE,
SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth | (SPI_InitStruct->NSS >> 16U));
/* Set Rx FIFO to Quarter (1 Byte) in case of 8 Bits mode. No DataPacking by default */
if (SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth < LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_9BIT)
{
LL_SPI_SetRxFIFOThreshold(SPIx, LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_TH_QUARTER);
}
/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPR Configuration ----------------------
* Configure SPIx CRCPR with parameters:
* - CRCPoly: CRCPOLY[15:0] bits
*/
if (SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly));
LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial(SPIx, SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly);
}
status = SUCCESS;
}
/* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */
CLEAR_BIT(SPIx->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_SPI_StructInit(LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
{
/* Set SPI_InitStruct fields to default values */
SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX;
SPI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE;
SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT;
SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW;
SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE;
SPI_InitStruct->NSS = LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT;
SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate = LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2;
SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder = LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST;
SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation = LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly = 7U;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup I2S_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Constants I2S Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* I2S registers Masks */
#define I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | \
SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | \
SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD )
#define I2S_I2SPR_CLEAR_MASK 0x0002U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Macros I2S Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
#define IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_HIGH))
#define IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_MSB) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_LSB) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG))
#define IS_LL_I2S_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX))
#define IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE))
#define IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(__VALUE__) ((((__VALUE__) >= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K) \
&& ((__VALUE__) <= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K)) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT))
#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x2U)
#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the SPI/I2S registers to their default reset values.
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
{
return LL_SPI_DeInit(SPIx);
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the SPI/I2S registers according to the specified parameters in I2S_InitStruct.
* @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
* SPI peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
* @param I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: SPI registers are Initialized
* - ERROR: SPI registers are not Initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t i2sdiv = 2U;
uint32_t i2sodd = 0U;
uint32_t packetlength = 1U;
uint32_t tmp;
LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
uint32_t sourceclock;
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the I2S parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->Standard));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
if (LL_I2S_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
{
/*---------------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR Configuration --------------------
* Configure SPIx I2SCFGR with parameters:
* - Mode: SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG[1:0] bit
* - Standard: SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD[1:0] and SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC bits
* - DataFormat: SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN and SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN bits
* - ClockPolarity: SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL bit
*/
/* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SCFGR,
I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK,
I2S_InitStruct->Mode | I2S_InitStruct->Standard |
I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat | I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity |
SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
/*---------------------------- SPIx I2SPR Configuration ----------------------
* Configure SPIx I2SPR with parameters:
* - MCLKOutput: SPI_I2SPR_MCKOE bit
* - AudioFreq: SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV[7:0] and SPI_I2SPR_ODD bits
*/
/* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler (i2sodd, i2sdiv)
* else, default values are used: i2sodd = 0U, i2sdiv = 2U.
*/
if (I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq != LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)
{
/* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing)
* Default value: LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B (packetlength = 1U).
*/
if (I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat != LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
{
/* Packet length is 32 bits */
packetlength = 2U;
}
/* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
/* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */
sourceclock = rcc_clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency;
/* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */
if (I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE)
{
/* MCLK output is enabled */
tmp = (((((sourceclock / 256U) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
}
else
{
/* MCLK output is disabled */
tmp = (((((sourceclock / (32U * packetlength)) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
}
/* Remove the floating point */
tmp = tmp / 10U;
/* Check the parity of the divider */
i2sodd = (tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001U);
/* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
i2sdiv = ((tmp - i2sodd) / 2U);
/* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
i2sodd = (i2sodd << 8U);
}
/* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
if ((i2sdiv < 2U) || (i2sdiv > 0xFFU))
{
/* Set the default values */
i2sdiv = 2U;
i2sodd = 0U;
}
/* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
WRITE_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, i2sdiv | i2sodd | I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput);
status = SUCCESS;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_I2S_StructInit(LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
{
/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/
I2S_InitStruct->Mode = LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX;
I2S_InitStruct->Standard = LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS;
I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat = LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B;
I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput = LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq = LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT;
I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW;
}
/**
* @brief Set linear and parity prescaler.
* @note To calculate value of PrescalerLinear(I2SDIV[7:0] bits) and PrescalerParity(ODD bit)\n
* Check Audio frequency table and formulas inside Reference Manual (SPI/I2S).
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
* @param PrescalerLinear value Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0xFF.
* @param PrescalerParity This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN
* @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD
* @retval None
*/
void LL_I2S_ConfigPrescaler(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint32_t PrescalerLinear, uint32_t PrescalerParity)
{
/* Check the I2S parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(PrescalerLinear));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(PrescalerParity));
/* Write to SPIx I2SPR */
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV | SPI_I2SPR_ODD, PrescalerLinear | (PrescalerParity << 8U));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

1325
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_tim.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

372
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_usart.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_usart.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief USART LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_usart.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_rcc.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (USART1) || defined (USART2)
/** @addtogroup USART_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_USART_PRESCALER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV6) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV10) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV12) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV128) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV256))
/* __BAUDRATE__ The maximum Baud Rate is derived from the maximum clock available
* divided by the smallest oversampling used on the USART (i.e. 8) */
#define IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) ((__BAUDRATE__) <= 6000001U)
/* __VALUE__ In case of oversampling by 16 and 8, BRR content must be greater than or equal to 16d. */
#define IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 16U)
#define IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX))
#define IS_LL_USART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_ODD))
#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_7B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
#define IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8))
#define IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT))
#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE))
#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH))
#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_ENABLE))
#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2))
#define IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize USART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param USARTx USART Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: USART registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: USART registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
if (USARTx == USART1)
{
/* Force reset of USART clock */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1);
/* Release reset of USART clock */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1);
}
else if (USARTx == USART2)
{
/* Force reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
/* Release reset of USART clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize USART registers according to the specified
* parameters in USART_InitStruct.
* @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
* USART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @note Baud rate value stored in USART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
* @param USARTx USART Instance
* @param USART_InitStruct pointer to a LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: USART registers are initialized according to USART_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
*/
ErrorStatus LL_USART_Init(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
uint32_t periphclk = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_PRESCALER(USART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->StopBits));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->Parity));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
/* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
CRx registers */
if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
{
/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration ---------------------
* Configure USARTx CR1 (USART Word Length, Parity, Mode and Oversampling bits) with parameters:
* - DataWidth: USART_CR1_M bits according to USART_InitStruct->DataWidth value
* - Parity: USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to USART_InitStruct->Parity value
* - TransferDirection: USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value
* - Oversampling: USART_CR1_OVER8 bit according to USART_InitStruct->OverSampling value.
*/
MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1,
(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS |
USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8),
(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity |
USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection | USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------
* Configure USARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters:
* - Stop Bits: USART_CR2_STOP bits according to USART_InitStruct->StopBits value.
* - CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits are to be configured using LL_USART_ClockInit().
*/
LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->StopBits);
/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration ---------------------
* Configure USARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters:
* - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according to USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value.
*/
LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl);
/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------
* Retrieve Clock frequency used for USART Peripheral
*/
if (USARTx == USART1)
{
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE);
}
else if (USARTx == USART2)
{
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE);
}
else
{
/* Nothing to do, as error code is already assigned to ERROR value */
}
/* Configure the USART Baud Rate :
- prescaler value is required
- valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required
- Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0).
*/
if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO)
&& (USART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U))
{
status = SUCCESS;
LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx,
periphclk,
USART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue,
USART_InitStruct->OverSampling,
USART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
/* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 16d */
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(USARTx->BRR));
}
/*---------------------------- USART PRESC Configuration -----------------------
* Configure USARTx PRESC (Prescaler) with parameters:
* - PrescalerValue: USART_PRESC_PRESCALER bits according to USART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue value.
*/
LL_USART_SetPrescaler(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue);
}
/* Endif (=> USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR) */
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param USART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_USART_StructInit(LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
{
/* Set USART_InitStruct fields to default values */
USART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue = LL_USART_PRESCALER_DIV1;
USART_InitStruct->BaudRate = 9600U;
USART_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B;
USART_InitStruct->StopBits = LL_USART_STOPBITS_1;
USART_InitStruct->Parity = LL_USART_PARITY_NONE ;
USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX;
USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
USART_InitStruct->OverSampling = LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize USART Clock related settings according to the
* specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct.
* @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
* USART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @param USARTx USART Instance
* @param USART_ClockInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
* that contains the Clock configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: USART registers related to Clock settings are initialized according to USART_ClockInitStruct content
* - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
*/
ErrorStatus LL_USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check USART Instance and Clock signal output parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput));
/* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
CRx registers */
if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
{
/* Ensure USART instance is USART capable */
assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
/* Check clock related parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase));
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse));
/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure USARTx CR2 (Clock signal related bits) with parameters:
* - Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput value
* - Clock Polarity: USART_CR2_CPOL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity value
* - Clock Phase: USART_CR2_CPHA bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase value
* - Last Bit Clock Pulse Output: USART_CR2_LBCL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse value.
*/
MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2,
USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_LBCL,
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput | USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity |
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase | USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse);
}
/* Else (USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR */
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Set each field of a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef type structure to default value.
* @param USART_ClockInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_USART_ClockStructInit(LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
{
/* Set LL_USART_ClockInitStruct fields with default values */
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE;
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse = LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USART1 || USART2 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

797
Drivers/STM32WLxx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32wlxx_ll_utils.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,797 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32wlxx_ll_utils.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief UTILS LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_utils.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_rcc.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_system.h"
#include "stm32wlxx_ll_pwr.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32WLxx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
#define UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE1 48000000U /*!< Maximum frequency for system clock at power scale1, in Hz */
#define UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE2 16000000U /*!< Maximum frequency for system clock at power scale2, in Hz */
/* Defines used for PLL range */
#define UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT_MIN 2660000U /*!< Frequency min for PLLVCO input, in Hz */
#define UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT_MAX 16000000U /*!< Frequency max for PLLVCO input, in Hz */
#define UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT_MIN 96000000U /*!< Frequency min for PLLVCO output, in Hz */
#define UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT_MAX 344000000U /*!< Frequency max for PLLVCO output, in Hz */
/* Defines used for HCLK2 frequency check */
#define UTILS_HCLK2_MAX 48000000U /*!< HCLK2 frequency maximum at 48MHz */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_3) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_6) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_10) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_128) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_256) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_512))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_16))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_16))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLM_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_3) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_6) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_7) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_8))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLN_VALUE(__VALUE__) ((6U <= (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= 127U))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLR_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_3) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_5) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_6) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_7) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_8))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT(__VALUE__) ((UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT_MIN <= (__VALUE__))\
&& ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT_MAX))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT(__VALUE__) ((UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT_MIN <= (__VALUE__))\
&& ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT_MAX))
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(__VALUE__) ((LL_PWR_GetRegulVoltageScaling() == LL_PWR_REGU_VOLTAGE_SCALE1) ? \
((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE1) : \
((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE2))
#define COUNTOF(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof(*(a)))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions UTILS Private functions
* @{
*/
static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency,
LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef * UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency,
LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef * UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_EF_DELAY
* @{
*/
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
/**
* @brief This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base.
* @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick
* configuration by calling this function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service.
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz
* @note HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function @ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq
* (HCLK2_Frequency field)
* @retval None
*/
#else
/**
* @brief This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base.
* @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick
* configuration by calling this function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service.
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz
* @note HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function @ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq
* (HCLK1_Frequency field)
* @retval None
*/
#endif /* CORE_CM0PLUS */
void LL_Init1msTick(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
{
/* Use frequency provided in argument */
LL_InitTick(HCLKFrequency, 1000);
}
/**
* @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
* on SysTick counter flag
* @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid using blocking delay
* and use rather osDelay service.
* @note To respect 1ms timebase, user should call @ref LL_Init1msTick function which
* will configure Systick to 1ms
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_mDelay(uint32_t Delay)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = SysTick->CTRL; /* Clear the COUNTFLAG first */
uint32_t tmpDelay;
/* Add this code to indicate that local variable is not used */
((void)tmp);
tmpDelay = Delay;
/* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
if (tmpDelay < LL_MAX_DELAY)
{
tmpDelay ++;
}
while (tmpDelay != 0U)
{
if ((SysTick->CTRL & SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk) != 0U)
{
tmpDelay --;
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_EF_SYSTEM
* @brief System Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### System Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
System, HCLK1, HCLK2, HCLK3 and APB buses clocks configuration
(+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK1, HCLK3, PCLK1 and PCLK2
is 480000000 Hz.
@endverbatim
@internal
Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should be
adapted accordingly:
(++) HCLK3 clock frequency for STM32WL55xx device
(++) +--------------------------------------------------------+
(++) | Latency | HCLK3 clock frequency (MHz) |
(++) | |--------------------------------------|
(++) | | voltage range 1 | voltage range 2 |
(++) | | 1.2 V | 1.0 V |
(++) |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
(++) |0WS(1 CPU cycles)| 0 < HCLK3 <= 18 | 0 < HCLK3 <= 6 |
(++) |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
(++) |1WS(2 CPU cycles)| 18 < HCLK3 <= 36 | 6 < HCLK3 <= 12 |
(++) |-----------------|-------------------|------------------|
(++) |2WS(3 CPU cycles)| 36 < HCLK3 <= 48 | 12 < HCLK3 <= 16|
(++) +--------------------------------------------------------+
@endinternal
* @{
*/
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS)
/**
* @brief This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable.
* @note Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function.
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function
@ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq (HCLK2_Frequency field))
* @retval None
*/
#else
/**
* @brief This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable.
* @note Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function.
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function
@ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq (HCLK1_Frequency field))
* @retval None
*/
#endif /* CORE_CM0PLUS */
void LL_SetSystemCoreClock(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
{
/* HCLK clock frequency */
SystemCoreClock = HCLKFrequency;
}
/**
* @brief Update number of Flash wait states in line with new frequency and current
voltage range.
* @param HCLK3_Frequency HCLK3 frequency
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: Latency has been modified
* - ERROR: Latency cannot be modified
*/
ErrorStatus LL_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t HCLK3_Frequency)
{
uint32_t timeout;
uint32_t getlatency;
uint32_t latency;
uint8_t index;
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Array used for FLASH latency according to HCLK3 Frequency */
/* Flash Clock source (HCLK3) range in MHz with a VCORE is range1 */
const uint32_t UTILS_CLK_SRC_RANGE_VOS1[] = {18000000UL, 36000000UL, UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE1};
/* Flash Clock source (HCLK3) range in MHz with a VCORE is range2 */
const uint32_t UTILS_CLK_SRC_RANGE_VOS2[] = {6000000U, 12000000U, UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE2};
/* Flash Latency range */
const uint32_t UTILS_LATENCY_RANGE[] = {LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0, LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1, LL_FLASH_LATENCY_2};
/* Frequency cannot be equal to 0 */
if (HCLK3_Frequency != 0U)
{
if (LL_PWR_GetRegulVoltageScaling() == LL_PWR_REGU_VOLTAGE_SCALE1)
{
/* Frequency cannot be greater than a defined max clock */
if (HCLK3_Frequency <= UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE1)
{
for (index = 0; index < COUNTOF(UTILS_CLK_SRC_RANGE_VOS1); index++)
{
if (HCLK3_Frequency <= UTILS_CLK_SRC_RANGE_VOS1[index])
{
latency = UTILS_LATENCY_RANGE[index];
status = SUCCESS;
break;
}
}
}
}
else /* SCALE2 */
{
/* Frequency cannot be greater than a defined max clock */
if (HCLK3_Frequency <= UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE2)
{
for (index = 0; index < COUNTOF(UTILS_CLK_SRC_RANGE_VOS2); index++)
{
if (HCLK3_Frequency <= UTILS_CLK_SRC_RANGE_VOS2[index])
{
latency = UTILS_LATENCY_RANGE[index];
status = SUCCESS;
break;
}
}
}
}
if (status != ERROR)
{
LL_FLASH_SetLatency(latency);
/* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
timeout = 2U;
do
{
/* Wait for Flash latency to be updated */
getlatency = LL_FLASH_GetLatency();
timeout--;
} while ((getlatency != latency) && (timeout > 0U));
if (getlatency != latency)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function configures system clock with MSI as clock source of the PLL
* @note The application needs to ensure that PLL configuration is valid
* @note The application needs to ensure that MSI range is valid.
* @note The application needs to ensure that BUS prescalers are valid
* @note Function is based on the following formula:
* - PLL output frequency = (((MSI frequency / PLLM) * PLLN) / PLLR)
* - PLLM: ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 2.66 to 16 MHz (PLLVCO_input = MSI frequency / PLLM)
* - PLLN: ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 96 and 344 MHz (PLLVCO_output = PLLVCO_input * PLLN)
* - PLLR: ensure that max frequency at 48000000 Hz is reached (PLLVCO_output / PLLR)
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the PLL.
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
* - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_MSI(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t pllrfreq = 0;
uint32_t msi_range;
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
uint32_t hclk2freq;
#endif /* DUAL_CORE */
/* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
{
/* Get the current MSI range */
if (LL_RCC_MSI_IsEnabledRangeSelect() == 0U)
{
msi_range = LL_RCC_MSI_GetRange();
switch (msi_range)
{
case LL_RCC_MSIRANGE_0: /* MSI = 100 KHz */
case LL_RCC_MSIRANGE_1: /* MSI = 200 KHz */
case LL_RCC_MSIRANGE_2: /* MSI = 400 KHz */
case LL_RCC_MSIRANGE_3: /* MSI = 800 KHz */
case LL_RCC_MSIRANGE_4: /* MSI = 1 MHz */
case LL_RCC_MSIRANGE_5: /* MSI = 2 MHz */
/* PLLVCO input frequency is not in the range from 2.66 to 16 MHz*/
status = ERROR;
break;
case LL_RCC_MSIRANGE_6: /* MSI = 4 MHz */
case LL_RCC_MSIRANGE_7: /* MSI = 8 MHz */
case LL_RCC_MSIRANGE_8: /* MSI = 16 MHz */
case LL_RCC_MSIRANGE_9: /* MSI = 24 MHz */
case LL_RCC_MSIRANGE_10: /* MSI = 32 MHz */
case LL_RCC_MSIRANGE_11: /* MSI = 48 MHz */
default:
break;
}
}
else
{
msi_range = LL_RCC_MSI_GetRangeAfterStandby();
switch (msi_range)
{
case LL_RCC_MSISRANGE_4: /* MSI = 1 MHz */
case LL_RCC_MSISRANGE_5: /* MSI = 2 MHz */
/* PLLVCO input frequency is not in the range from 2.66 to 16 MHz*/
status = ERROR;
break;
case LL_RCC_MSISRANGE_7: /* MSI = 8 MHz */
case LL_RCC_MSISRANGE_6: /* MSI = 4 MHz */
default:
break;
}
}
/* Calculate PLL output frequency */
if (status != ERROR)
{
/* Calculate the new PLL output frequency & verify all PLL stages are correct (VCO input ranges,
VCO output ranges & SYSCLK max) when assert activated */
pllrfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(__LL_RCC_CALC_MSI_FREQ(LL_RCC_MSI_IsEnabledRangeSelect(), msi_range),
UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
/* Check HCLK2 frequency coherency */
hclk2freq = __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK2_FREQ(pllrfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->CPU2CLKDivider);
if (hclk2freq > UTILS_HCLK2_MAX)
{
/* HCLK2 frequency can not be higher than 48 Mhz */
status = ERROR;
}
#endif /* DUAL_CORE */
}
/* Main PLL configuration and activation */
if (status != ERROR)
{
/* Enable MSI if not enabled */
if (LL_RCC_MSI_IsReady() != 1U)
{
LL_RCC_MSI_Enable();
while ((LL_RCC_MSI_IsReady() != 1U))
{
/* Wait for MSI ready */
}
}
/* Configure PLL domain SYS */
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_MSI, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN,
UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLR);
/* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL - latency check done internally */
status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllrfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
}
}
else
{
/* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function configures system clock at maximum frequency with HSI as clock source of the PLL
* @note The application needs to ensure that PLL configuration is valid
* @note The application needs to ensure that BUS prescalers are valid
* @note Function is based on the following formula:
* - PLL output frequency = (((HSI frequency / PLLM) * PLLN) / PLLR)
* - PLLM: ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 2.66 to 16 MHz (PLLVCO_input = HSI frequency / PLLM)
* - PLLN: ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 96 and 344 MHz (PLLVCO_output = PLLVCO_input * PLLN)
* - PLLR: ensure that max frequency at 48000000 Hz is reach (PLLVCO_output / PLLR)
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the PLL.
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
* - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t pllrfreq;
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
uint32_t hclk2freq;
#endif /* DUAL_CORE */
/* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
{
/* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
pllrfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
hclk2freq = __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK2_FREQ(pllrfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->CPU2CLKDivider);
/* Check HCLK2 frequency coherency */
if (hclk2freq > UTILS_HCLK2_MAX)
{
/* HCLK2 frequency can not be higher than 48 Mhz */
status = ERROR;
}
#endif /* DUAL_CORE */
if (status != ERROR)
{
/* Enable HSI if not enabled */
if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
{
LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
while (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Wait for HSI ready */
}
}
/* Configure PLL */
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN,
UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLR);
/* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllrfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
}
}
else
{
/* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function configures system clock with HSE as clock source of the PLL
* @note The application needs to ensure that PLL configuration is valid
* @note The application needs to ensure that BUS prescalers are valid
* @note Function is based on the following formula:
* - PLL output frequency = (((HSE frequency / PLLM) * PLLN) / PLLR)
* - PLLM: ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 2.66 to 16 MHz (PLLVCO_input = HSE frequency / PLLM)
* - PLLN: ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 96 and 344 MHz (PLLVCO_output = PLLVCO_input * PLLN)
* - PLLR: ensure that max frequency at 48000000 Hz is reached (PLLVCO_output / PLLR)
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the PLL.
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
* - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t pllrfreq;
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
uint32_t hclk2freq;
#endif /* DUAL_CORE */
/* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
{
/* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
if (LL_RCC_HSE_IsEnabledDiv2() != 1UL)
{
pllrfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSE_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
}
else
{
/* HSE Pre is set */
pllrfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSE_VALUE/2UL, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
}
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
hclk2freq = __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK2_FREQ(pllrfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->CPU2CLKDivider);
/* Check HCLK2 frequency coherency */
if (hclk2freq > UTILS_HCLK2_MAX)
{
/* HCLK2 frequency can not be higher than 48 Mhz */
status = ERROR;
}
#endif /* DUAL_CORE */
if (status != ERROR)
{
/* Enable HSE if not enabled */
if (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Enable HSE */
LL_RCC_HSE_Enable();
while (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Wait for HSE ready */
}
}
/* Configure PLL */
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN,
UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLR);
/* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllrfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
}
}
else
{
/* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified
* @param PLL_InputFrequency PLL input frequency (in Hz)
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the PLL.
* @retval PLL output frequency (in Hz)
*/
static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct)
{
uint32_t pllfreq;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLM_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLN_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLR_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLR));
/* Check different PLL parameters according to RM */
/* - PLLM: ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 2.66 to 16 MHz. */
pllfreq = PLL_InputFrequency / (((UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos) + 1U));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT(pllfreq));
/* - PLLN: ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 96 and 344 MHz.*/
pllfreq = pllfreq * (UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN & (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT(pllfreq));
/* - PLLR: ensure that max frequency at 48000000 Hz is reached */
pllfreq = pllfreq / ((UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLR >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLR_Pos) + 1U);
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(pllfreq));
return pllfreq;
}
/**
* @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: PLL modification can be done
* - ERROR: PLL is busy
*/
static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check if PLL is busy*/
if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U)
{
/* PLL configuration cannot be modified */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Function to enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL
* @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK frequency
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: No problem to switch system to PLL
* - ERROR: Problem to switch system to PLL
*/
static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency,
LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t hclks_frequency_target;
uint32_t hclks_frequency_current;
uint32_t sysclk_current;
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->CPU1CLKDivider));
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->CPU2CLKDivider));
#endif /* DUAL_CORE */
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHB3CLKDivider));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider));
/* Calculate HCLK3 frequency based on SYSCLK_Frequency target */
hclks_frequency_target = __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK3_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHB3CLKDivider);
/* Calculate HCLK3 frequency current */
sysclk_current = (SystemCoreClock * AHBPrescTable[(LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler() & RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos]);
hclks_frequency_current = __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK3_FREQ(sysclk_current, LL_RCC_GetAHB3Prescaler());
/* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */
if (hclks_frequency_current < hclks_frequency_target)
{
/* Set FLASH latency to highest latency */
status = LL_SetFlashLatency(hclks_frequency_target);
}
/* Update system clock configuration */
if (status == SUCCESS)
{
/* Enable PLL */
LL_RCC_PLL_Enable();
LL_RCC_PLL_EnableDomain_SYS();
while (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 1U)
{
/* Wait for PLL ready */
}
/* Sysclk activation on the main PLL */
LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->CPU1CLKDivider);
#if defined(DUAL_CORE)
LL_C2_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->CPU2CLKDivider);
#endif /* DUAL_CORE */
LL_RCC_SetAHB3Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHB3CLKDivider);
LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL);
while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL)
{
/* Wait for system clock switch to PLL */
}
/* Set APB1 & APB2 prescaler*/
LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
LL_RCC_SetAPB2Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider);
}
/* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */
if (hclks_frequency_current > hclks_frequency_target)
{
/* Set FLASH latency to lowest latency */
status = LL_SetFlashLatency(hclks_frequency_target);
}
/* Update SystemCoreClock variable */
if (status == SUCCESS)
{
#if defined(CORE_CM0PLUS) && defined(DUAL_CORE)
LL_SetSystemCoreClock(__LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK2_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->CPU2CLKDivider));
#else
LL_SetSystemCoreClock(__LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK1_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->CPU1CLKDivider));
#endif /* CORE_CM0PLUS && DUAL_CORE */
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/